February 4 – 10, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… Back soon… Steinbruner… Stop lithium BESS… Aptos apartment complex… property tax assessments… Hayes… Our Ongoing Civil War… Patton… Curtains For The Movie Theater?… Matlock… ignorance…fascinate…muzzle…swingiest… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Alexander and Stellan Skarsgård
Quotes on… “Showing up”

...

BUILDING THE DREAM INN. This architectural disaster happened before local environmental groups were organized. It was 1962. That’s the Lynch House standing alone on the right, built in 1877. This was also before the beach was polluted.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: February 4, 2026

TIME KEEPS ROLLING ON… It’s amazing. No matter how much you feel like the world should just stand still for a freaking moment, it won’t. I’m a little lost, but I’ll be OK.

Enjoy this week’s column, and we’ll see you again next week!

~Webmistress

...

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SIGN PETITION TO STOP LITHIUM BESS IN MINTO ROAD COMMUNITY

If you disagree with the County’s plan to allow New Leaf Energy  (based in Massachusetts) and Sequoia Energy LLC (based in Canada)  place 300 metal cargo containers filled with explosive, flammable lithium batteries next to Schapiro Knolls low income housing (87 famlies) and hundreds of other working class people in the 90 Minto Road area of Watsonville, please sign this petition:

Sponsor Stop lithium BESS at 90 Minto Road , Watsonville /Detengan la BESS de litio en 90 Minto Rd · Change.org

While the New Leaf Energy developer is assuring the County the project will be safe, due to a different design and battery chemistry than what went up in flames at Moss Landing last January, the truth is the project would still be a hazard to local residents and the environment.  the same design and battery chemistry went up in flames recently in Warwick, NY:
https://www.energy-storage.news/battery-storage-fire-in-upstate-new-york-involved-unauthorised-system-mayor-says/

There was an event on February 5: Climate Justice and the Moss Landing Battery Fire — Institute of the Arts and Sciences. Keep your eyes peeled for more events and ways you can support.

STRATEGIC PLAN SPECIAL WORKSHOP
Imagine gathering all the high-level County Department Directors, all five County Supervisors and their staff and County Counsel in one spot for an entire day, while hiring a consultant from the east coast to facilitate a discussion about what it means to be a County Supervisor and distribute a flurry of sticky notes?  That’s what happened at the January 30 Special Meeting of the Board of Supervisors, beginning at 9am and lasting until 3:30pm, to update the County’s Strategic Plan.

The agenda DID NOT INCLUDE PUBLIC COMMENT.  I inquired about that unfortunate issue the day before with the Clerk of the Board, and was informed that there would be an opportunity for Public comment, but she was not sure when.  It would depend on the discretion of the Chair of the Board, Monica Martinez.

The meeting was held at Simpkins Center Community Room (at least it was not in the expensive Paradox Hotel).
I listened in at 9am as the Special Meeting began because I knew I could not arrive in time to be there in person, due to traffic, and did not want to miss my opportunity to speak if the only time were to be at the very beginning.  I heard Chair Martinez annoounce that the only Public Comment time would be AT THE VERY END OF THE DAY.  Wow.

The Consultant, Ms. Aviva Luz Argote, then began by asking the Supervisors to take some time to reflect on what they feel their job entails.  Hmmm…

The colorful and artistic note-taking by her staff began…..

Then began the “data walk through the islands of opportunity”, where each Supervisor met with County staff to discuss concerns regarding various topics…..

Supervisor Monica Martinez at the Transportation and Infrastructure “island of opportunity”…..

Supervisor Felipe Herandez had been absent all morning but finally arrived close to lunchtime to participate here
in the environmental “island of opportunity”…..which was located adjacent to the free catered lunch provided for everyone…

Hmmm….our tax dollars at work.

Did the Public Comment opportunity ever happen?????  I could not stay the entire day to participate, but I did take advantage of the Public Comment “island of opportunity”. It was blank when I arrived, even though I was informed that a member of the public had been there earlier and wrote comment on the tablet.

Had it already been shredded, I wondered?

I filled it up with colorful comments…..

CEO Nicole Coburn let me know that each Supervisor will now be holding Town Hall Meetings to receive public comment on the County’s Strategic Plan update.

“..a roadmap that will help guide County priorities, investments, and services in the years ahead. The Strategic Plan is intended to reflect community values and help the County respond to both current and emerging challenges, including housing, public safety, climate resilience, infrastructure, and overall quality of life. Community input is essential to this effort, and residents are encouraged to share their ideas, priorities, and perspectives. To view the current plan, visit sccvision.us.”

Hmmm…..Maybe it is time to invest in the companies that produce those colorful sticky notes…..

THANKS TO APTOS TIMES FOR ILLUMINATING IMPENDING LARGE SEVEN-STORY APARTMENT PROJECT IN APTOS
Who would know that Swenson Builder is moving behind the County’s curtain to build a seven-story apartment and nearly 200 townhomes on the former Par 3 Golf Course in Aptos, next to State Park Drive and Highway One? Who would know that the County could allow all this with NO public hearings required?

Many thanks to the Aptos Times for providing clear information on the status, because otherwise, in my opinion, the public would have been deceived by responses from the Second District County Supervisor office.  Housing Proposed on Old Par 3 Golf Course

I  had recently written Second District Supervisor Kim DeSerpa to ask if there would be public hearings and environmental review?  She assured me “I think all those things will all happen.”

However, her analyst, Maureen McCarty, wrote differently:

During the pre-application phase, there isn’t any public noticing.

If and when a project moves forward to the Zoning Administrator or Planning Commission, the public can receive hearing notices by signing up for the relevant distribution lists:

Planning Commission (PC)

If you’d like to receive an email with a link to the public hearing packet, please email Donovan.Arteaga@santacruzcountyca.gov to be added to the Planning Commission distribution list..

Zoning Administrator (ZA)

If you’d like to receive an email with a link to the public hearing packet, please email Riley.Rhodes@santacruzcountyca.gov to be added to the Zoning Administrator distribution list.

I responded with the following information from the County’s website:

Neighborhood Meeting
After the DRG, but before you file your application, you must hold a meeting with your neighbors to discuss your proposal with them. This is a very important step and can reduce or eliminate neighborhood concerns at the Planning Commission and/or Board of Supervisors public hearings. You must provide a report about the meeting along with your application (see  Guidelines for Neighborhood Notification of Proposed Development).

County Code Section 18.10.113 describes requirements for a neighborhood meeting that is conducted prior to application for any project acted upon by the Planning Commission or Board of Supervisors.

Meeting Summary. The County Code requires that a summary of the neighborhood meeting(s) be submitted with the application. No application shall be deemed complete without the summary of the neighborhood meeting when one is required.

[Planning Commission and
Board of Supervisors Discretionary Permits
]

* * * * * * *

I attended Supervisor DeSerpa’s constituent meeting on January 29, as noticed on her webpage and in her newsletter.  She was not there, but her two Analysts were.  When I asked the status of the “Village on the Green” project proposed for the Par 3 parcel, Ms. McCarty assured me nothing was happening yet, and reaffirmed her opinion that there was no public meeting required before Swenson files an application.

Two days later, the Aptos Times report illuminated that Swenson filed a pre-application on November 20, 2025 and is in consultation with the County’s Development Review Group (DRG), and that the County enacted rules to allow projects like this to be ministerially approved, with NO public hearings needed.  We also now know that the County has added this large Village on the Green project, proposed for 2600 Mar Vista Drive in Aptos, to the CDI (Planning) Major Projects webpage:

Major Project Applications

Should we trust this process?  Should we trust those who are guiding the “Village on the Green” project through County approvals?

Supervisor DeSerpa appointed former Vice-President of Swenson Builder to represent the Second District on the County Planning Commission, even though he does not live in the Second District. 

You may remember that Swenson Builder illegally bulldozed the world-famous Post Office Bike Jumps without a winter grading permit in 2015 and in violation of the Permit Conditions of Approval (no earth disturbance until permits are issued)

You may also remember that in 2016, Swenson Builder illegally removed an underground fuel tank from the Aptos Village Project area where the historic Lam-Mattison Apple Dryer had been that potentially contained toxic bunker oil, but covered the area up and hauled the tank away during the night, never alerting any officials.  Builders to pay $125K for mishandling Aptos Village storage tank | The Pajaronian | Watsonville, CA  Swenson was never made to install groundwater monitoring wells in the area, even though the groundwater table is shallow, and Soquel Creek Water District‘s new Granite Way Well is directly in the downflow path of a potential plume from the buried tank site.

You may be interested in knowing that Aptos Village Project developers pirated water from Soquel Creek Water District via an unauthorized connection on Granite Way.  It was brought to the District’s attention by an observant fellow named Tom Stumbaugh.  Curiously, it took quite awhile for the District to take any action after being notified.

Please write Supervisor DeSerpa with your thoughts: <Kimberly.DeSerpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>  or call the office 831-454-2200.

Many thanks to the Aptos Times reporter Jon Chown for bringing this large project proposed in Aptos to light! Housing Proposed on Old Par 3 Golf Course

Here are other 100% affordable subsidized housing projects in the pipeline…what about public hearings?
CDI – Community Development & Infrastructure > Planning > Housing > County Housing Projects > Current Projects

TAXATION ERRORS CONTINUED
Folks, check your property tax bills carefully, because there may be erroneous assessments!

In the last issue of Bratton Online, I reported having discovered what appeared to be an error in the County’s taxation of a mobile home in Live Oak for fire protection by neighboring fire agency Santa Cruz County Fire, which is funded by two separate County Service Area (CSA) 48 assessments.  Since Central Fire District provides fire and emergency medical response for the Live Oak area, this $189 charge made no sense.

General Services Dept., the agency overseeing Santa Cruz County Fire and CSA 48 assessments, merely explained that the parcel (a mobile home) was included in the applicable Tax Rate Area deemed by the County Assessor to be included in the State Board of Equalization Tax Rate.

That non-answer made no sense, so I asked for an investigation.
Here is the answer…

Parcel APN 0266510420 was reviewed and determined to have been incorrectly assigned to a different tax rate area. It has now been corrected to the appropriate tax rate area (082-040), and the CSA 48 – County Fire assessment will be removed. Any applicable refunds for prior years will be processed.

This will be a significant amount of money due this property owner because that particular CSA 48 assessment went into effect in 2020.  The GSD staff assured me that the property owner will receive an amended tax bill immediately.

Given that Second District Supervisor DeSerpa has asked staff for a report explaining the cause of the problem with 24,000 parcels being erroneously billed regarding the Pajaro Valley Health Care District assessments, we should all be carefully examining our property tax bills and perhaps checking in with others to do the same, especially those who may be vulnerable.

Write your County Supervisor and ask about this issue…what is the County Assessor doing to check the validity of Tax Rate Areas?  The number to call is 831-454-2200 to talk with your Supervisor.   Write the Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

RIP TOM STUMBAUGH
I was saddened to learn that Mr. Tom Stumbaugh passed away recently.  He and I worked together to illuminate many questionable issues about the Aptos Village Project. Tom discovered that the developers were pirating water from Soquel Creek Water District during the first year of the project’s construction. He testified against the County moving the centrally-located Metro bus stop to the far end and on a non-ADA compliant grade without handrails, just so Swenson Builders could build the new Parade Street entrance to the project from Soquel Drive.

Tom was a great writer, and took great pleasure in penning his Letter to the Editor and driving to Watsonville to personally deliver it to The Pajaronian office.  Here are a couple of his letters: Blinding Headlights 
The Worst President of the United States

Rest in Peace, Tom.  You lived a full life and inspired many.

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  SIGN THE PETITION TO STOP LARGE LITHIUM BESS PROJECTS IN OUR COUNTY.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK, AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Our Ongoing Civil War

While the PBS American Revolution series is popular (as it should be), I recently watched Ken Burn’s Civil War series with equal delight, pondering parallels with the current situation. As readers have come to expect, my reflections turn to Earth, Nature, and the local environment.

The War Didn’t End

There are frequent mutterings about how our Nation is fracturing and worries about a new civil war. In Ken Burns’ documentary, during the last episode, historian Barbara Fields reflects on the question of who won the Civil War. She says obviously the Union Army did in the sense that wars are won by who is left with the ability to use their weapons at the end of the conflict. But, she says, if we reflect on winners and losers as those who get (or lose) “something higher and better,”….”it gets more complicated.” She says that if the Civil War was about creating a citizenry of equals, then the civil war continues: “if some are living in houses and others in the street, the civil war is still going on.” I suggest that the issue of being un-housed now seems so ‘yesterday’ because the color of one’s skin has frightfully thrown us into an even closer understanding of Barbara Fields’ supposition.

Social War Hides Environmental Plundering

As with the Civil War, I am heartened that the vast majority of US citizens oppose those who would divide the Nation to brazenly subjugate huge portions of the population which are seen, to them, as ‘others.’ These are the peaceful protesters we are seeing increasingly on the streets. And, as with the Civil War, I am concerned that the racist minority seem well armed and dangerous, seemingly pleased to be manipulated by the wealthy elite to stand for ridiculous notions of tribalism and homeland, and so poor in wealth, body, and spirit that they have little to lose if they are called on to fight bloody battles. The majority is quite unprepared for those people’s rage, and they somehow (ironically for many) are assured by the police and military, which are quickly and methodically being separated from The People those institutions are meant to serve. This ‘social divide’ of course is an artificial construct based on greed, manipulated by the (increasingly) few. I am full of consternation that this divide is being used to distract us from the much more real concern that should unite The People: the plundering of the Earth for short-term wealth.

The Plundering Unites

What unites the Democrats and Republicans more than anything? The plundering of Nature. Nothing divides them in this endeavor. How brazenly they pursue it. The Republicans force feed The People the pill that makes them accept the destruction of our world while the Democrats slip the notion into the water to make sure it goes unnoticed. The greed-torn media is the distraction machine and our minds have become patterned to the conflicts it highlights, which rarely include the destruction of nature. Long gone from the media melee are any notions that the Earth itself is being completely unraveled. Somehow, completely dysfunctional Climate Change ‘solutions’ are cheered. How about launching meaningful audits of California’s Carbon cap-and-trade system…oh, no- don’t do that – there is too much money for “conservation” NGO’s at stake!

Imagine All The People

Imagine a Martin Luther King for the Earth. Imagine if someone had the charisma, the stage, the backing, the oratory prowess, the wisdom and intelligence to galvanize people to wake up and realize that they are united in the cause of saving the Earth. The Environmental Rights movement would quickly grow, and the Green Wave would dash apart whatever bulwarks the Ultra Rich might hastily erect. “Environmental Justice” would replace “Corporate Injustice” all the way to the Supreme Court. “We The People” would become “We The People of The Earth.”

Saviours Aside

Saviours aside, we build the Green Wave ourselves, right now. As many are ‘writing off’ ever speaking to the ‘other side,’ it has become more crucial than ever to bridge those divides through the common concerns of Earth plundering. Hidden under the headlines is the recent bi-partisan funding of what passes for popular ‘nature’ programs – parks, science, etc. They know what unites us, but don’t want to make much of it, for obvious reasons.

Do you hear anything from your local Democratic representatives about what Federal policy changes mean for our personal access to clean water or clean air…for the plant and animal species teetering on the brink of extinction? Of course not- their corporate backers would be irate! Anyway, we stopped asking about these ‘minor’ issues. Please, let’s start the conversation with the ‘other side’ by simply asking things like ‘how do you see the political candidates comparing with their platforms protecting…clean water….clean air…wildlife…parks.’

You Are It

We must have those difficult conversations and we must be patient as they play out over the long term, but we have crucial votes to cast in the near term. Politics is ‘shaking up’ with splits in traditional forces. Beware of those who would continue the tired distractions with tired solutions, ignoring the uniting force of opposing Earth plundering. Voting for our personal needs of economic prosperity, healthcare, etc. must be at least matched by the greater concern of an intact Biosphere. Imagine northern voters in the Civil War who voted against Lincoln because their grocery prices were going up and slavery was a secondary concern.

Can you name a single environmental platform of any of the local candidates you have voted for? City Council member platforms to reduce Earth plundering? County Supervisor platforms to answer the great concerns of a degrading planet? State Assemblyperson stances to reverse environmental degradation? Federal Congressional representative proposals to reverse Trump’s anti-environment policies? We need those answers and we need better candidates NOW.

Center-Right Democratic Presidential Candidate Rahm Emanuel’s fundamental answer to everything is educational reform. Other potential candidates are suggesting ridiculously incremental tax reforms to reduce economic disparities. No one has yet come forward with a platform that is primarily For-the-Earth. From very local to national politics, let’s empower those people to help to win the most consequential battle of our ongoing Civil War.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, February 2, 2026

In an “Upward Mobility” column in The Wall Street Journal – a column that appeared in print on December 9, 2025 – Jason L. Riley opined  that it would “soon be curtains for the movie theatre.” He could be right! As a “pull quote” in the hardcopy edition of the newspaper put it: “older generations can’t be bothered to go, and younger people want to stream their films.” Right at the end of his essay, Riley expanded on this “pull quote,” as follows:

Younger generations raised on smaller screens can’t miss what they never experienced, and they seem mostly to enjoy staring at themselves on their devices, which is a topic for another day. In any case, streaming allows them to consume movies on their terms rather than the theater’s, and Netflix is giving them what they want.

Let me address Riley’s “topic for another day” right here – and right now. As he notes, our relationships with truth and reality, are now most typically experienced as we gaze into a “screen” of some kind. That includes how we relate to the movies we watch, but the same phenomenon is evident in education, in business, in social interchanges, and in politics. A preference for human interactions mediated by our “screens,” and by “online” exchanges instead of “real life” exchanges, has diverted a lot of real life political action into online engagement – when it hasn’t switched it off, entirely.

I don’t think this kind of approach to politics will “compute,” to pick a verb. Effective political action requires real people gathering in small groups, meeting frequently and jointly working to achieve specific governmental actions – making our so-called “elected representatives” actually represent the people they are charged with representing.

I recently had occasion to respond to a Santa Cruz County resident who is upset with a proposed development proposal in an unincorporated part of the County, and who had written me for encouragement, asking if she and her neighbors were, now, basically, “powerless.” As I read Riley’s observations about the movies, and thought about some of the political implications of the migration of so much of our lives, including our politics, “online,” my advice to this county resident came to mind:

I don’t really know anything about this proposed development. It’s in “the County,” not the City, so the land use policies of the County will apply, and the Supervisor who represents this District is, by reputation, pretty pro-development. State law is also very supportive of higher density housing developments, so I am sure this is an uphill battle. However, “powerless” is not the right word.

The key thing, I believe, is to have an organized group in opposition. Such a group would need to meet, in person, on a frequent (probably weekly) basis, and learn everything that can be known about the project, and then build broad opposition to the project as now proposed, and then make the County Supervisor who represents this area know how much opposition there is, so the Supervisor starts working to respond to local constituents.

Bottom line, local residents are not “powerless,” but they need to get organized to consolidate and maximize their power – they need to spend a lot of time (and probably some money) to impact governmental decisions, in an environment in which lots of residents are really “detached,” and in which the state government is now affirmatively helping development interests defeat local residents who [oftentimes quite properly] are opposed to a development proposal that might have very negative environmental and other impacts.

The need for “in-person” engagement is necessary for effective political action at all levels – local, state, and national. To be politically effective, in other words, we need to do it in “real life,” not “online,” and we need to reallocate our time so that “politics” and “political organizing” gets some increased and appreciable share of the time not already absolutely committed somewhere else.

Less “entertainment,” and more “engagement.” Whatever the future for the movie theater, that’s the prescription that will keep our politics healthy.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

FACE OFF, LINES DRAWN, WISDOM FOR A PRISONER

Judging by many of the letter writers to local newspapers, it seems that many of our Santa Cruz Countians assume that the USA is still a democratic republic — a view taken for granted for too long. Those writers praising President Trump’s one-year accomplishments, including DOGE’s tidying up the ‘deep state’ by firing workers which then necessitated call-backs of employees to right the ship of state — hardly a cost-saving maneuver. Closing the border and arresting the “worst of the worst” is a joke as Proud Boys/ICE hooligans attack, arrest, and kill US citizens, never to be considered a proud moment in our history. Invading Democratic Party controlled states and cities with National Guard troops and large contingents of ICE goons purportedly to ‘control crime’ is only a cover for political harassment. ‘Drug boat strikes’ with no proof of criminality, and killing survivors struggling in the water is a violation of the ‘rules of war’!? What should we think about a deranged, senile, grifting, narcissistic dictator who is untrustworthy about keeping his finger away from the red button on the doomsday football if the Epstein files begin to become too incriminating?

Isaac Asimov once warned that one of the dangers of a democracy is that for some, ‘democracy’ translates to “my ignorance is just as good as your knowledge.” If we persist in this direction we might one day wake up without a democracy, and finally realize that our persistent disregard for the careful and reasoned cultivation of the truth plays right into the hands of a dictator. Bertrand Russell is quoted as saying, “First, they fascinate the fools. Then, they muzzle the intelligent.” This brings up the farcical case(s) of Don Lemon and Georgia Fort being arrested for reporting on a Minneapolis church congregation’s protest against their pastor. The Trump administration has used the FACE Act in the charges, but the act itself was written, being passed in 1994, with a very specific purpose of protecting those who seek abortions without restricting First Amendment-protected speech. The Freedom of Access to Clinic Entrances resulted after a string of attacks on reproductive care facilities and providers across the country; but, Trump is twisting its purpose to chill dissent by prosecuting two independent journalists for the crime of reporting, even though the supposed crime was a start-to-finish livestream on the protest from an organizational meeting and its conclusion at the Cities Church in St. Paul.

Allegations by federal prosecutors is that Lemon and Fort approached the part-time pastor, whose day job is running the local Immigration and Customs Enforcement field office, in ‘close proximity’ as they oppressed and intimidated him with questions. Shocking! What reporters won’t do to get to the truth! US Attorney Pam Bondi interprets their actions as violations of the FACE act, which has a provision focused on houses of worship, despite the fact that the act protects ‘expressive conduct (including peaceful picketing or other peaceful demonstration) from the jeopardy of prosecution. A federal magistrate and an appellate court, both refused to issue a warrant for arrests, interpreting the act as it was written, so Bondi’s Justice Department convinced a grand jury to indict the pair. In viewing the video of the protest, it’s plain that the two journalist were not interfering, obstructing, or intimidating attendees that would violate the FACE Act, regardless of the poignancy of their questioning — it’s what journalists do.

This is only one of the indicators which means a closer watch on the 2026 midterms is necessary, a Trump warning shot across the bow in which a sitting president is willing to use federal law enforcement as a secret weapon to silence his critics. This is the playbook of Hungary’s Viktor OrbánTurkey’s Erdogan, and Russia’s Putin where they have arrested journalists, intimidated the opposition, and consolidated power — a line that separates democracy from autocracy. “The past weeks have seen an escalation in ICE enforcement that should terrify anyone who cares about due process,” says John Byrne of Raw America. “Reports emerged from multiple cities of immigration agents conducting questionable searches, agents entering homes without probable cause, detaining individuals based on nothing more that suspicion. This is not law enforcement — this is state-sanctioned intimidation.” Byrne goes on top say, “And where is the mainstream media in all this? Largely silent. Or worse: normalizing. Major networks don’t treat this as the incredibly damaging threat to our democracy that it is. It’s just part of their daily broadcasts, and some have stopped pushing back entirely. When autocracy creeps forward, it relies on a press that’s either too intimidated or too distracted to sound the alarm. Cruelty is the point. Punish the opposition and reward the loyal. This is governance by vendetta.”

So, using two dozen federal law enforcement officers to arrest a single journalist is not only apprehending a suspect — the message is that no journalist is safe from retribution in America, in which case we may as well crumple up the Constitution and the Bill of Rights and kick them to the curb along with Don LemonTrump has hated Lemon from his political beginnings, since Lemon was on his case from the start. And besides, a gay, Black, independent mainstream journalist with no corporate backing is the perfect victim for retribution. The absurdity in this whole episode is that the charges were announced by the Department of Homeland Security, and not the Justice Department. Important to note, as reported by NPR, two other reporters were arrested for covering the protest — Trahern Jean Crews and Jamael Lydell Lundy, both Black. A quote attributed to Nelson Mandela seems relevant for our time: “Minds that seek revenge destroy states, while those that seek reconciliation build nations. Walking out the door to my freedom, I knew that if I didn’t leave all the anger, hatred and resentment behind me, I would still be a prisoner.” Words of wisdom for Prisoner Trump?

Perfect for the occasion, satirist Andy Borowitz writes: “Hoping to calm nerves after his government arrested reporters Don Lemon and Georgia Fort, on Friday Donald J. Trump reassured the staff at Fox News Channel that he does not consider them journalists. ‘It’s true that I’m engaging in a systematic attack on the First Amendment rights of journalists,’ he told Fox employees. ‘But obviously none of that applies to you.’ Offering further comfort, Trump added, ‘I would never have hired Pete Hegseth if I thought he was a journalist.’ In a sentiment widely echoed by his colleagues, ‘Fox & Friends’ co-host Steve Doocy responded, ‘Mr. President, we weren’t really worried.’ At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt revealed that Trump had sent a similar message of reassurance to CBS News chief Bari Weiss.”

Last week Trump launched yet another criminal investigation into the 2020 election by sending his FBI to search the Fulton County Georgia election center, confiscating boxes of envelopes, and raising another red flag as we look toward the midterms. The biggest red flag during the raid was the presence of Intelligence Director Tulsi Gabbard — not a ceremonial visit by any means. She was messaging that Trump’s political appointees are now embedded in law enforcement operations, personally overseeing investigations that align with the administration’s enemies list — political persecution with a federal badge, with justice in the rear view mirror. Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche told CNN’s Dana Bash he was unsure of the purpose of Gabbard’s visit to Fulton County, saying that, “She’s an expert.” Who knew that Trump University even offered a degree in election integrity to insure free and fair elections? Of course, Blanche said he believes Trump was not involved in the decision toward this action, though the president was quoted as saying, “Investigators got a signed judges order in Georgia and you’re going to see some interesting things happening.” Things like redactions?

Reuters photographer Elijah Nouvelage released a shot of Gabbard, clad in a dark jacket and a baseball cap, speaking on her phone outside the Fulton County election office, spurring Democrats to call for her to testify about the record search. The search was conducted pursuant to a warrant seeking 2020 election records authorized by US Magistrate Judge Catherine Salinas. The Deputy AG called it a “criminal investigation, tightly held under law. It’s a criminal investigation, and that’s how we’re proceeding,” Political activist Greg Palast says the real agenda behind the FBI raid is just a legal excuse for “storm trooping.” He writes, “This is NOT, as the media seems to think, about Trump’s attempt to prove he won the 2020 race, as if he’s some political Captain Ahab trying to chase the Moby Dick of 2020 revenge.” Palast believes that it’s all about 2026 and 2028, advising us to look at the map of Fulton County — the heart of ‘Blacklanta,’ with Atlanta being the electoral heart of Georgia.

Palast goes on to call Georgia “the swingiest of swing states,” and if the GOP fails to cut down on the Black vote in Atlanta, they lose the crucial seat now held by Democratic Senator Jon Ossoff — leading to a 2028 loss of the White House if they don’t suppress the vote in Fulton County. Fulton was the fulcrum of Trump’s loss in 2020, spelling a doomsday for MAGA in 2028, all because of voting drop-boxes. African-American voters are under such rigid rules, with fewer polling places which result in long lines on Election Day, that early voting has become the norm, with over one million ballots being cast in drop-boxes in the Fulton-Atlanta area in 2020. As a result, Governor Brian Kemp signed the infamous SB202 bill, his opening shot in the war against early voting — especially in secure drop-boxes which were reduced in number by 77%, and early voting days cut from 60 to only 7. To make matters worse, voters who can only vote after their workday were out of luck, as the boxes were sealed up at night in state office buildings.

In 2022 the new restrictions reduced mail-in ballots cast by 83%. Conspiracy theorists convinced MAGA — through their slippery documentary, ‘2000 Mules,’ that 2000 Black men were paid $10 each to stuff drop-boxes with tens of thousands of fraudulent ballots, targeting Fulton County. Lack of evidence didn’t sway the MAGA Mob, even though every drop-box had a video camera to prevent wrong-doing, with videos being available for public examination. The Georgia Bureau of Investigation proceeded to arrest alleged Black ballot box stuffers statewide, only to find that the accused were innocent, legal voters. The state of Georgia, in a recount failed to find any forged ballots! Joe Biden can claim that early voters were key to his 2020 election success, and voter suppression in 2024 led to Trump’s victory. After the 2020 election, over 20 Red States passed laws eliminating or restricting drop-boxes, citing the ‘evidence’ of the ‘2000 Mules’ documentary.

Palast feels that Democrats don’t get the importance of early drop-off votes, especially when it comes to Black and student communities, but the GOP certainly gets the message. Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton says that had he not gone to court to stop Houston from mailing out absentee ballots to voters, “Donald Trump would have lost Texas,” Houston’s population of Black voters being the largest in any American city. Palast sees Attorney General Bondi as saving her job by suppressing early voting, and saving the GOP from the wrath of an angry electorate, especially as she demands that Minnesota hand over its voter rolls. Bondi’s seizure of Minnesota voter files has to do with the restoration of more trickery — the return of ‘Interstate Crosscheck,’ a purging program that was once ruled illegal, but is now back in operation. ‘Crosscheck’ in 2016 was key to Trump’s first election, costing almost one million voters their registrations prior to the election according to Palast’s investigation as seen in Rolling Stone magazine.

Miles Taylor on his Defiance blog, writes that a few weeks ago Trump openly said he wished he had seized the ballots in the 2020 election, having “authority to do so.” Taylor says this is not the case, since he “helped write the executive order” to which the president referred in 2018 — Executive Order 13848. Trump and his cronies believe the president has the power to intervene in elections, even to the point of seizing voting machines or ballots. Taylor says, “I co-drafted the order alongside experts from DHS, DOJ, the Intelligence Community, and other agencies. The central idea was to make it easier for a president to impose real consequences on foreign actors who interfered in US elections. NOT to revisit vote counts. NOT to rummage through ballot boxes. And certainly NOT to allow a president to deploy the military against local election infrastructure because he didn’t like the outcome.” Taylor goes on to say that Trump was annoyed with being presented the executive order, not wanting to sign it, probably because he didn’t want to punish Russia for its help in his election success.

But now, Trump is conveniently reinterpreting the order as an “all-powerful election snooping tool.” Taylor wants us to understand that the order resulted from foreign interference in 2016 to make it easier for the executive to impose sanctions on foreign actors meddling in our elections — NOT to confer domestic law-enforcement authority; NOT to override state and local control of elections; NOT to authorize seizure of voting machines by the National Guard, or anyone else. The order stresses the need to “maintain an appropriate separation between intelligence functions and policy and legal judgements,” emphasizing insulation from political bias. It explicitly states that nothing creates new rights or benefits or alters existing legal authorities — certainly no new right for presidents to go rummaging about in ballot boxes. So the president wishing to do something like seize ballots is only an admission he wishes to make an illegal act and pretend the law would sanction doing so.

Senator Mark Warner is alarmed that Gabbard’s presence during the raid is either because she believes that some foreign intelligence nexus justifies her being there, or she’s dragging the intelligence community into a domestic political stunt to legitimize conspiracy theories. Miles Taylor believes her skulking about in a baseball cap means she didn’t wish to be seen, and that a Congressional oversight committee should announce an investigation immediately, calling Gabbard to explain her presence and under what directives she was acting. Since the Constitution places administration of elections with the states, the raid could be a violation of state law, and state and local prosecutors are responding by announcing action by Fight Against Federal Overreach, a national coalition of district attorneys seeking to hold federal officials accountable when they exceed their lawful authority.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

New place name from Thomas next week!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Showing Up”

“Most of life is showing up. You do the best you can, which varies from day to day.”
~Regina Brett

“I don’t think my kids have to worry too much about me embarrassing them because that’s not how I would want to grow up, with wacky dad showing up at school and performing for everyone.”
~Steve Carell

“Showing up in the lives of children is everything.”
~Greg Boyle

“Showing up every day isn’t enough. There are a lot of guys who show up every day who shouldn’t have showed up at all.”
~James Caan

“It is important to show up. Showing up at marches and rallies and town halls and protests.”
~Ted Lieu

These two! Father Stellan Skarsgård, son Alexander – both are internationally well known and successful actors, and they are Swedish! Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

January 21 – February 3, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon…Steinbruner… BESS state certification…Errors in tax assessments… Hayes… Enough is enough! Patton… A Dependence On The People… Matlock… suckered…morality…a one and a two…Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Flavor! Quotes on… “Consistency”

...

Santa Cruz Beach and Wharves circa 1888. This shows two of our very early wharves. It’s near where the Sea Beach Hotel was built later.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: January 26, 2026

HOO BOY, LIFE’S NUTS. We are finally leaving January behind, and this year feels long already. Every day, there’s something else that makes you wonder how on earth this can be happening, and be allowed to continue to happen. I waffle between hope and despair, and I’m sure I’m not the only one! What do you do to fight this? Feel free to email me with any tips, webmistress@BrattonOnline.com.

I DON’T KNOW IF YOU’VE EVER NOTICED… but sometimes I use the subject selection of the quotes of the week as kind of a kick in the pants to myself. This is not always the case, mind you, but it definitely is this week! May I also note how hilarious is it that the opinions on consistency are anything but consistent?

With that, I turn you over to the contributors below. I will see you next week (consistency!). Are you subscribed to our mailinglist? No spam, just notifications of when the column goes live. We are in the process of switching from one type of list to another, so if you get two different emails about the latest column, just know that it’s on purpose.

~Webmistress

...

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
WOULD IT BE BETTER TO HAVE NEW LEAF ENERGY GO TO THE STATE FOR CERTIFICATION? 
FIND OUT THIS FRIDAY!

On January 13, the Board of Supervisors took feverish actions, to the point of excluding the people of Watsonville, in approving a Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) Ordinance to allow large-scale flammable and explosive facilities on Minto Road in Watsonville.  The mantra pushing them was the threat by BESS developer New Leaf Energy to go to the California Energy Commission (CEC), removing local jurisdiction discretion on the permit.  
 
But would it be better if that 90 Minto Road project did go to the State? I am convinced it would be.  
 
Listen in to “Community Matters” online program this Friday, January 30, at 2:15pm when Mr. Drew Bohan, Director of the CEC, will explain the “Opt-In Certification” process for these large-scale BESS applications.  Listen in from your computer or smart device.
 
DESALINATION PROCESS USING 40% OF THE ENERGY?
For those still wondering about the safety of the PureWater Soquel Project injecting treated sewage water into our pristine groundwater, you may be interested in the information below regarding a much more energy-efficient method of desalination.  
In a warming world, freshwater production is moving deep beneath the sea
 
What if the recycled water got used for irrigation instead of making people drink it, and cleaner water from the sea were used instead to provide water for those living in the high-rises popping up all over the City of Santa Cruz and coming soon to the unincorporated areas of Live Oak and Aptos?
 
Write the MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board of Directors with your thoughts: <Admin@midcountygroundwater.org>
Recent News | Santa Cruz Mid-County Groundwater Agency
 
 
ARE THERE OTHER ERRORS IN COUNTY TAX ASSESSMENTS?
Recently, 2nd District Supervisor Kimberly DeSerpa questioned why the Assessor had overcharged 19,000 parcels  and failed to charge 5,000 parcels that should have been charged .  This had been buried in the Consent Agenda item that would allow approval of new property tax bills to be issued to thousands of property owners in the Pajaro Valley Health Care District to correct overcharges and lack of charges for Measure N, a $116 million bond action approved in June, 2025.  
 
She requested a report back to the Board as to why the error occurred.  
 
The County Assessor and Tax Collector have not yet provided that explanation publicly, but there is a red banner link now prominent on the Assessor website, with explanation.
 
Are there other errors in property tax assessments?
 
I suspect there are, namely Santa Cruz County Fire  fees levied via County Service Area (CSA) 48.  I recently discovered the owner of a mobile home in Live Oak being taxed  via CSA 48 for fire protection but questioned why, because Live Oak is in Central Fire District, not CSA 48 County Fire Dept. area.  
 
Here is what the County General Service Dept. stated when I asked for explanation and pointed out the County Fire Dept. website states the assessment calculation is “not posted due to errors”.(General Services Dept oversees the CSA 48 assessments):

“The property referenced (APN 026-651-04-20, 1190 7th Avenue, Santa Cruz) was assessed the CSA 48 charge based on the applicable State Board of Equalization Tax Rate Area information and the Tax Rate Area assigned by the Assessor, as outlined below:

  1. According to the State Board of Equalization (SBE) Tax Rate Area Chart for Roll Year 2024/25, Tax Rate Area (TRA) 082-003 is subject to the CSA 48 County Fire Assessment; and
  2. The parcel is assigned to TRA 082-003 by the County Assessor.

The General Services Department (GSD) uses the Tax Rate Area assignments and State Board of Equalization information as provided and does not determine parcel Tax Rate Areas or service boundaries.

Regarding the Special Assessment Value Reports posted on the Santa Cruz County Fire Department website, updated assessment reports have been provided to County Fire for posting to their website.”

That is hardly a valid answer, in my opinion.  I have asked for investigation, but one has to wonder how often these errors are happening and why? 
 
In the meantime, no staff has reported publicly back to the Board about the big errors in taxation regarding Measure N’s $116 Million bond and why there are errors relating to 24,000 parcels within the Pajaro Valley Health Care District.
 
Write the Board of Supervisors and ask for thorough investigation of the Measure N and CSA 48 tax assessment methods.  Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>  Or call 831-454-2200.

SCOTTS VALLEY CITY COUNCIL MEETING IS A BREATH OF FRESH AIR
I attended a recent meeting of the Scotts Valley City Council to speak in support of their Proclamation to recognize January as National Human Trafficking Prevention Month and honor the work of survivor-led Arukah Project locally.
 
The meeting was well-run by Mayor Lind, and very respectful of the public who attended and spoke on various issues.  It was so refreshing that the Mayor asked staff to respond to questions raised by the public on the issues relating to the Scotts Valley City Center, how much the land had cost to buy from the City of Santa Cruz, and why the Council was declaring the land as “surplus”.  At the end, the Mayor actually thanked the public for staying throughout the meeting and participating in a meaningful way. 
 
Imagine that!  The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors could really take some notes because in all cases, the public is regarded with an air of dismissiveness and disrespect that leave those who have been able to take time off work to attend a 9am Tuesday meeting feeling as though no one cared, or paid attention to what they said.  
 
I recommend watching the video of January 21, 2026, or attend an upcoming meeting: City Council Regular Meeting – 1/21/26

Regular Meetings

  • 6:00 p.m.
  • 1st and 3rd Wednesday of each month
  • City Council Chambers
    1 Civic Center Drive
    Scotts Valley, CA 95066

Please contact County Supervisor Chair of the Board Monica Martinez and ask that the Board etiquette change. Chair Monica Martinez<monica.martinez@santacruzcountyca.gov>.  Copy her three analysts, too: Rae Spencer-Hill<rae.spencer-hill@santacruzcountyca.gov>, Megan Refrew<megan.renfrew@santacruzcountyca.gov>,  and   JM Brown<JM.brown@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Also, ask that Spanish translation for all Board meetings be provided without having to request such.  Chair Martinez claimed that one of her goals is to make local government more accessible to everyone.

 
 
MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND ONE MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU AND YOUR NEIGHBORS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Enough is Enough

“Workers of the World Unite!” is the sign a Czech shopkeeper hung out, along with his neighbors, every day on the front window. The words on the sign did not meet the shopkeeper’s philosophy; he put it there to be accepted, to avoid the difficult circumstances he assumed would occur without it. Such is part of an essay written by Václav Havel in 1978, which Mark Carney re-told in his more-than-remarkable speech recently in Davos, Switzerland. The point of the story is that we all prop up paradigms by hanging up signs we shouldn’t, and don’t, truly support. The ‘dominant paradigms’ tumble person-by-person as we refuse to put up those signs. This story carries meaning for the environmental conservation movement, right now.

‘Two Party System’

“Democrats hold the answer for environmental conservation!” Now, there’s one of those signs we need to start taking down. “What blasphemy!” people will say, “Can’t you see the terrible destruction wrought by the Republicans?!” There’s a person at your right handing you red pill that will instantly wipe your conscience clean of any morality, including about the destruction of the environment. They are threatening to pistol whip you if you don’t swallow it. Faux News mentions the virility benefits of the red pill. Someone’s rumored to be keeping a list of those who haven’t taken the pill. There’s another person on your left offering you a pack of blue pills subsidized by a leading pro-health NGO. They are soothingly talking to you, trying to convince you to take one every day: it acts gradually, making you more ‘relaxed’ about your morals, less uptight. “Those red pills are poison!” they say, “Everyone’s taking this blue pill!” NPR runs a segment on the popularity of “b.p. therapy” which a recent study finds is helping parents deal with their anxieties aka empty nest syndrome. Which way do you turn? If you want environmental problems tomorrow, go with the red pill, if you want ‘sustainability’ so that you don’t notice those problems, go with the blue pill. Same with politics today: why do you feel you need to choose between either – this is a false dichotomy!

Leave only Footprints

Next time you go for a walk, look at the footprints and ask yourself how much nature tourism is helping environmental conservation. Around the world, parks managers and their supporters are doing their daily blue pill routine. Their signs read “outdoor recreation is good for conservation!” You see this tired lie in environmental nonprofit newsletters, in ‘surveys’ of park users, in social media posts and TV news stories, each time purposefully used to bolster the make-believe world that more natural areas visitation is good for nature. It’s not, and there’s easy proof under your feet on every walk you take in nature: check out the trails! The ancient, fragile soils of our prairies, ocean bluffs, forests, chaparral, and creek sides are being eroded with each bicycle tire and each footstep. Recreational trails across the Monterey Bay are mostly less than 50 years old and are rutted and eroded. Most of the trailbeds are incised more than 2 feet below the native soil line. Those incisions are causing rainwater to run off the land quicker than ever, drying out natural areas, exacerbating the drying and heating of climate change. The soil that is lost from those trails adds nutrients to surrounding areas, spreading weeds, adding to wildfire fuels. As eroded soil reaches creeks and rivers it ruins fish habitat. Restoring those greatly incised trails is an immense undertaking. Parks managers have given up enforcing trail closures if the trails are too wet, when they are most vulnerable, and no one seems to care. This is not a problem unique to our region: the blue-pill-pushing outdoor recreation industry has infected the entire world. On the other hand, the red pill people say “What’s the problem? We don’t need any park staff! Maximize recreation! Let people overrun unmaintained parks!” In other words, you can choose a slower or quicker path to the same destination.

Take only Photos

Ye ole Sierra Club adage “leave only footprints, take only photographs” seems so quaint now, doesn’t it? Even if trails were well maintained, the way sub-par natural areas planning in the Monterey Bay area guarantees that your presence in those natural areas assures you are leaving more than footprints. Your shoes are leaving pathogens, your socks are spreading weeds, your presence is disturbing wildlife, and the sheer number of people and their conflicting uses is leaving deep society-wide dysfunction in relationships with each other and nature that guarantee an end to most remaining wildlife. But…wait! Let’s take a photograph…that’s the blue pill solution.

The blue pill solution of taking photographs is rocking it, folks. We’ve got internet servers filled with billions of photos to peruse featuring deer in meadows, smiling people in fields of wildflowers, selfies with hair blowing across couples’ cheeks, big surf ocean backgrounds. Good times! When asked what they want from these seemingly photographic-oriented nature experiences, the diverse Bay Area people of many cultures, origins and backgrounds say they want signs in their languages and in-person interpreters to help them understand their surroundings. They are curious. They want to educate their children. These are largely untapped conservationists going wanting. Nevermind, the blue pill salespeople say, ‘hit the trail, you have much to discover.’ Oh, and by the way, “buy this e-bike…check out your smart phone camera…there’s a burger place with local beer next to the cannabis dispensary right down the road!” “Can I take your picture?” Photographs are apparently all society wants people to take from their outdoor experiences, what a lost opportunity!

Take Down the Sign

We need to stop putting up the signs that make us feel safe with some tribe for which we have little affinity. I’m looking for signs to diversify. I want to see more green signs. I want to see the sign that says ‘workers for Earth’ and ‘conservationists for labor’ or just plain “I support Earth!” And, I want people to stop choosing between those two stupid pills: refuse the pills! If ever we arrived at such a time, it is now. Please watch Mark Carney’s speech and think about it in terms of what humans have done to Earth and how we can change things now. If you are very intrepid, read Havel’s essay “The Power of the Powerless” – it is very moving. We can make a big difference if we choose to see things more clearly and if we vote for a change.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, January 27, 2026

My title is quoting James Madison, one of our Founding Fathers and the fourth president of the United States of America. Madison was popularly acclaimed as the “Father of the Constitution” because of his pivotal role in drafting and promoting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Here is what Madison said in The Federalist No. 51:

A dependence on the people is, no doubt, the primary control on the government; but experience has taught mankind the necessity of auxiliary precautions.

I came across this quotation not from my own reading of The Federalist. Rather, I have copied it out from a newspaper column by David French. French’s column appeared in the January 21, 2026, edition of The New York Times, and here is the title of that column: “An Old Theory Helps Explain What Happened to Renee Good.”

If you click on the link, you should be able to read the entire column – and I encourage you to do that! Renee Good, as I assume those reading this blog posting will know, was killed on January 7, 2026, in Minneapolis, Minnesota, by a United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agent named Jonathan Ross.

A main point of French’s column (perhaps the main point) is that there is not, really, any effective remedy when an agent of the federal government (like Ross) violates your rights, and damages you. This effective immunity, says French, extends even to instances in which you are unjustifiably killed by a federal agent.

While there can, undoubtedly, be a debate about whether Ross’s decision to kill Good was “justified” (I, personally, don’t think it was, and it seems that French doesn’t think it was justified, either), French’s point is that this question is really irrelevant. If federal agents are immune from prosecution or penalty when they kill people, as they act in their official capacity, it actually doesn’t matter whether or not there was any “justification” for what the agent did.

Are you a federal agent, acting in that capacity? Well, if you are, it appears that you can feel free to kill people as you go about your duties. That is really the existing situation, as outlined by French.

Because this is so antithetical to everything we believe in – and specifically to our belief that no person should be above the law – French’s column explores the topic. That is where his citation to The Federalist comes in. Madison, the “Father of the Constitution,” was clearly worried about this topic, and about the possibility that government officials might abuse their power. If they do, says Madison, it is “the people” who have the ultimate responsibility to make sure that justice prevails. Of course, as Madison properly notes, “auxilliary precautions” should also be in place.

Reading French’s discussion, it becomes clear that our current president, and his administration, have helped strip away any kind of legally-enforceable restraints on the power of government agents, giving rise to a situation in which they are, effectively, able to do whatever they want, including murdering people they decide they don’t like. If they do that they will be, in all practical senses, “immune” from any consequences.

However “wrong,” and unjustified, and outrageous Renee Good’s conduct  may have been (as some claim it was), an extremely strong argument says that shooting Renee Good in the face, three times, was totally unjustified, even if she was, in fact, “impeding” ICE’s legitimate work (which I really don’t think was true). But whatever Good’s conduct, that doesn’t matter. The federal agent who killed her will bear no penalty.

This is what French reports. There are no effective limits that can be used to penalize an ICE agent for the agent’s conduct, even if that conduct is ultimately found to have been completely unjustified.

Well, if that is the actual legal situation (and French makes a very strong case that this is, in fact, the case), then where does that leave us? If French is right, and any “auxilliary precautions” that used to exist no longer do exist, and have been stripped away, then what we have left is “the people.”

This is where we all have to ask ourselves (because you and I are, in fact, “we, the people”) what can we actually do?

Well, we will have to do something different from what we’re doing now, right? Do we care enought to do that – to “reallocate” our time? Once you start thinking about it, it is clear that this is what is absolutely necessary. Are we willing to continue to be “the led,” even if that ends up meaning that federal agents can murder people that they get irritated with, with no effective penalty?

If “you,” as an individual, or if “we,” getting together to act collectively, want to change our current situation, then we will need to organize to take back the political power that we have ceded to an authoritarian president and a heedless Congress, and to state and local officials who aren’t, lots of times, fighting back in any strong and spirited way against the totalitarian and authoritarian claims made by the federal government.

There isn’t any other way. As I said in an earlier blog posting, it’s pretty clear to me that we, as a nation, have made a “mistake.” If we don’t like where that has put us, it’s going to be up to us to rearrange our lives, and to organize to return effective power to “the people,” to whom it rightfully belongs. If we reacquire actual control over our government, we can then set up rules that do make sense.

A legal situation that permits any federal agent to murder anyone that the agent gets crosswise with, with no consequences for the federal agent, is absolutely “ripe for review.”

At least, that’s what I think!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

ACCEPTABLE BEHAVIOR, EMPTY BOXES, BOTOX

Events of the past week or so bring to mind the Mike Luckovich political cartoon, where he illustrates the Devil looking into an empty box labeled ‘Trump’s Soul,’ with the realization that he has just been suckered. Many of us have read the January 8 two-hour interview with the president in The New York Times where he was asked if there are any limits to his power following his destruction of Venezuelan boats and the raid on that country when President Maduro was kidnapped. “Yeah,” was his reply, “There is one thing. My own morality. My own mind. It’s the only thing that can stop me. I don’t need international law.” As Kristin Monroe writes on MS NOW online, “Apparently we can all now rest assured, knowing that Trump’s finely tuned sense of morality will guide him as he navigates his Machiavellian world of might-makes-right, with or without the constraints of international law. Clearly, with Trump’s sense of morality as a guide, the US no longer needs to stay in the dozens of international organizations from which Trump just withdrew us.”

Monroe goes on to say that Trump is at odds with the reality of what Americans consider moral, and based on psychologist Lawrence Kohlberg’s study, our president’s moral development resembles that of a toddler — not of a seasoned statesman or thoughtful head of state. Kohlberg’s study led him to develop a six-stage theory describing an individual’s morality as evolving sequentially, the subsequent stages building on earlier reasoning, with Stage 1 involving avoiding trouble and following authority figures. Stage 2 finds individuals seeking reward and personal gain, after which Stage 3 will result in subjects seeking approval and wishing to be judged ‘good’ by their peers. Stage 4 eludes Donald Trump, as it calls for respect for authority, a wish to maintain social order and obey laws out of a sense of duty. Rarer are the later stages which require individuals to contemplate abstract principles — such as justice, extremely rare for Trump, as Stage 5 recognizes the greater good in recognizing the importance of individuals rights. The pinnacle of Stage 6 shows universal ethical principles emerging, care about concepts such as justice and human rights.

President Trump seems to be stuck at Stage 2, with only a glimmer of stepping into Stage 3, as he behaves like a child who expects the world to reward him with what is best only for him. He lacks compassion with not a concern for justice and human rights, with no understanding of America’s outrage over the Minneapolis killing by ICE agents, a mother who drove her car into a chaotic scene spawned by Trump and his gang. Stripping away health care and food benefits, separating immigrant families and putting the desaparecidos into cages gets no sympathy from Donald. He has no understanding about Canadians or Greenlanders feeling threatened by his annexation threats — Canada should relish being the 51st state and Greenland should be just fine with acceptance of US greenbacks for taking over their country.

Monroe believes Trump’s greatest crime might not be the damage he has inflicted on our political system or desecration of our democracy, but what he has meted out to us by altering how we see the world and leading us to believe what was once intolerable to us morally, is now perfectly acceptable behavior. On a positive note, she thinks Trump has misjudged Americans, and even his Congressional supporters are starting to break ranks to escape his trap of ‘morality.’ Based upon her interviews with Holocaust survivors, she is convinced that there are absolute moral values; and though leaders like Trump can ignore truth and human decency, to manipulate words and try to legislate away morality, moral values still exist and that innate human desire to protect and promote human flourishing is in our DNA. She cites the January 6 Insurrection as crossing the line for most of our citizens.

Political slogans may bombard us, “but a desire for warmth, compassion and kindness exists in all except the psychopaths among us,” Monroe says. And we know who they are! “We are born wanting to be loved. Most of us eventually learn that we cannot expect to receive love unless we are willing and able to give love in return. Claiming humanity in ourselves means recognizing and honoring it in others. Trump ignores this reality. He doesn’t see the disconnect between what he finds acceptable moral behavior and what the American public considers moral behavior,” Monroe concludes.

Trump’s White House Deputy Chief of Staff for PolicyStephen Miller, on the other hand is assuredly forever doomed by having an empty box labeled ‘Miller’s Soul.’ And Satan will not be fooled as he cheers from the sidelines. On Fox News he greenlighted abuse in his message to ICE officers in a Will Cain interview. He maintains that ICE agents have “federal immunity in the conduct of your duties,” declaring that anyone who so much as touches or obstructs the is “committing a felony.” Legal experts have fired back by stressing that prosecution is possible, though difficult in the present political climate. Critics of Miller’s comments called his statements “utterly chilling,” amounting to “open season on immigrants AND citizens alike,” as he encouraged officers to “go and spread violence and terror.”

Miller’s stridency was especially noteworthy as he made comments amid the heightened criticism and scrutiny after ICE killed Minneapolis’ Renee GoodTrump’s deputy told ICE officers, “You have immunity to perform your duties, and no one — no city official, no state official, no illegal alien, no leftist agitator or domestic insurrectionist — can prevent you from fulfilling your legal obligations and duties.” He assured officers that anyone crossing the line “will face justice.” The Department of Homeland Security has also shared the Fox footage on X as a “REMINDER” to ICE officers.

Slate journalist, Laura Jedeed, conducted her own investigation into the ICE hiring process, and in her exposé, she was able to get a job offer despite failing a drug test and without completing any of the background checks. In attending an ICE recruitment session, she found that the process was “astonishingly superficial,” even after she had overlooked the initially emailed paperwork and was using cannabis before the event, which should have disqualified her. Nevertheless, in checking back she found that she had been offered a job as a deportation officer — no completed paperwork, no background check, no identification verification. Jedeed wrote, “By all appearances, I was a deportation officer. Without a single signature on agency paperwork, ICE had officially hired me.”

The article brings to light the dangerously minimal vetting in ICE recruiting, and pinpoints why the agency’s confrontations with everyday Americans have grown more violent. Improper screening allows anyone, regardless of history, criminal record, or personal beliefs to walk out with a badge, a gun and the power to enforce deportations. Incompetence? Assuredly, but it’s a policy choice as Trump and Kristi Noem recruit those willing to intimidate and harm communities with no accountability, endangering everyone in its path.

Targeting Kristi Noem, satirist Andy Borowitz tells us in The Borowitz Report: “A new study published on Wednesday by Harvard Medical School has found a link between the overuse of Botox and pathological lying. “Repeated injections of Botox to the face interact with proteins in the brain,” Professor Harland Dorrinson, who supervised the study, said. “The result is an acute allergic reaction to the truth.” Though over-injecting Botox makes it difficult for a user to move the facial muscles necessary for speech, he said, “to the extent that the person’s mouth is capable of moving, it will be lying.” The study revealed other negative side effects of Botox, such as swelling in the cranium that requires the user to wear an enormous hat.”

In a turn away from Trump, podcaster Joe Rogan voiced sympathy with Americans who have expressed anger and frustration at the way Trump’s administration has conducted immigration enforcement. “You don’t want militarized people in the streets just roaming around, snatching up people — many of which turn out to be US citizens that just don’t have their papers on them,” Rogan said on his podcast. He added, “Are we really gonna be Gestapo, ‘Where’s your papers?’ Is that what we’ve come to?” Being a prominent media voice with young men in particular, Rogan has been outspoken on a number of issues, breaking with the president even after supporting him in the 2024 campaign. Just before the election, Trump gave Rogan a three-hour interview as he attempted to shore up his support among younger members of the electorate.

Since the killing of Renee Good by ICE agent Jonathan Ross in Minneapolis, a revolt within the Department of Justice has resulted in the resignation of six senior career officials from the Criminal Section of the Justice Department’s Civil Rights DivisionHarry Litman, a contributor on Substack, wrote on Bluesky that the resignations were “metastatic and spreading quickly. Clearly one of 2-3 biggest scandals in DOJ history.” Following the Trump administrations justification of Good’s death, Litman wrote, “First, the highest government officials circled the wagons around Ross,” relating how both Trump and VP Vance blamed Good for her death, and Secretary Noem labeling the incident “domestic terrorism.” “At the same time, leadership of the Civil Rights Division, under Assistant Attorney General Harmeet Dhillon, informed the Criminal Section that it would not be investigating the case at all — a spectacular departure from past practice. Multiple career prosecutors offered to go to the scene but were told not to,” Litman wrote.

Litman added, “It was like a fire chief watching smoke pour from a burning building and ordering the crew not to respond, even as firefighters volunteered to go in. The resigning officials, then were not merely objecting to a particular judgement call. In effect, they were saying that if the Criminal Section does not have jurisdiction over a case like this, its role has been reduced to near irrelevance. Excessive force by officers is not new. What is novel for the United States is the use of federal power afterward to stifle investigation and shield wrongdoing. That turn — from lethal force to enforced impunity — is an abuse of authority and a hallmark of authoritarian governance.”

Scary turn of events! About all we can do now is follow one of the final quotes of the late recording artist Warren Zevon: “Enjoy every sandwich.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, it will be here as a “nugget”.

This week’s theme is “Deadmans Curve“. I’m sure today’s over the hill commuters will be surprised to find that this is not a reference to a portion of Highway 17, another name for, say, Laurel Curve or Big Moody Curve. I wonder if, once the original location was erased, some informal/unconscious transfer occured to another deadly curve. Feel free to write in if you remember the original and might have some insight in that respect.

I’m also curious if readers have an opinion as to what exact location on Highway 17 this refers to. A quick Google search yielded up the two candidate locations above, plus “Valley Surprise“, the long downhill turn right after Summit Road, nicknamed such ‘for the fact that so many “Valleys” are caught driving too fast into the sharpening curve, and end up striking the median’ to quote Wikipedia’s entry on Highway 17. Not surprising that a designation as contemporary and informal as this (1960s and 1970s slang) as this didn’t make it into a book written in 1986.

Big Moody Curve, located in Santa Clara County, is named after (Big) Moody Creek (designations differ) and Moody Ravine, and is named after early settlers, which include the Moody family. There’s an excellent entry on it in this article from the Los Gatan, “The lost petroleum wells of Los Gatos” by Los Gatos historian Alan Feinberg.

According to this 2012 NBC Bay Area article, “Laurel Curve accounted for one in three crashes on Highway 17 between 2004 and 2010. Just last Friday, a 57-year-old Brentwood man lost control of his car at the Laurel Curve and slammed into an oncoming car. He died at the scene.” Kind of amazing that it took until then for a location known to be prone to accidents back in the 1980s to get significant improvements.

Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, better, buy a copy of the book!

Enjoy, and see you next week!

Deadmans Curve

Formerly, a small section of West Cliff Drive betwen David Way and Woodrow Avenue which had been the scene of numerous accidents, many of them serious. The curve lost its identity during August 1963 when the street was straightened.

Laurel Curve

A sharp bend in the road on Highway 17 near Laurel Road, the road that leads to the settlement of Laurel. Frequently cited in accident reports and used as a reference point by dispatchers for the California Highway Patrol and the Santa Cruz County Sheriff.

• * – * • * – * •

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Consistency”

“Consistency is the last refuge of the unimaginative.”
~Oscar Wilde

“Like anything worth doing in life, happiness takes time and patience and consistency.”
~Mark Manson

“Consistency is contrary to nature, contrary to life. The only completely consistent people are dead.”
~Aldous Huxley

“Consistency is the most overrated of all human virtues… I’m someone who changes his mind all the time.”
~Malcolm Gladwell

“If I knew the secret to consistency, I’d be consistent.”
~Chris Pronger

Flavor… more complicated than you previously thought, I’m sure of it!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

January 7 – 13, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the grim future for our heritage trees and the proposed ending of public hearings on major development projects… Steinbruner… BESS… Will it be done in 2026?… Rebuilding… Hayes… City of Santa Cruz Town Hall… Patton… The Greatest Sentence Ever Written… Matlock… it’s war…don’t ask…bad people…disposal on the way?.. AND …teleprompter tantrum…believe me…cracking the code… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Pretty figure skating… Quotes on… “Friendship”

...

OUR HISTORICAL SANTA CRUZ FISHERMAN’S WHARF. Taken in 1961, this photo clearly shows the unique bend in the ocean end. That bend that faces almost exactly into the oncoming wave action is what has saved our wharf over all these years. Note the no lighthouse on Lighthouse Point. Note, too, the Boardwalk wharf.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: January 7, 2026

GOOD RIDDANCE, 2025! For me, personally, there were a few nice things that happened last year: moving to Ben Lomond, successfully shedding some 90 pounds, things like that. Overall though, the year 2025 kind of felt like a shitshow. It ended miserably with my best friend of almost 30 years dying unexpectedly the day before New Year’s Eve. Yeah, I know.

I am really hoping 2026 will shape up and be better.

NEW MAILINGLIST COMING. Over the next couple of weeks, we are rolling out the new mailinglist. We’ve had some trouble with the old one, so it’s time for an upgrade. If you’re not getting the emails that say the new column is up, check your spam folder. If they’re not there either, and you think you should be getting them, send me an email at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com. It will take some time to iron this all out, but please bear with us!

COMMENT ABOUT THE TWO WHARVES. This came in response to the photo we had just recently:

The photo is not very well captioned. The wharf on the right was long known as the railroad wharf, having been built by the Santa Cruz and Felton Railroad in the middle 1870s. The wharf on the left is the current municipal wharf. It says no admittance because construction was not finished. The wharf on the right was demolished in the 1922.

You might find this article helpful: Notes on the History of Santa Cruz Wharves [pdf]

Sincerely,

Frank Perry

Thank you Frank! We always appreciate comments on the column and photos. If you have anything to share, feel free to email me, webmistress@BrattonOnline.com, or any of the individual contributors, whose emails are in their respective bylines.

~Webmistress

...

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...
Our Heritage Trees Face a Grim Future

In December I wrote about my effort via an appeal to try to save two heritage redwood trees that live at 401 Ingall’s St. In September, I wrote about my appeal to try to save the two heritage redwoods pictured above that live on the future site of the Workbench Clocktower project. Council voted unanimously against both appeals, so all four trees will be cut down.

For the redwoods on Knight St., directly opposite and within 20 feet of the Town Clock, council directed staff to investigate the feasibility of relocating the two trees, a common, successful, although expensive method of saving big trees.

The tree appeal for the two Ingall’s redwoods was heard at the December 9th council meeting. I thought we had a pretty convincing presentation proving that the decision to grant the tree removal permit was made by the Parks and Recreation director prior to the submission of evidence by the property owner that the trees may be damaging the property sewer line. When that information was finally presented, it did not prove the tree roots were the problem nor consider ways to deal with the roots if they were ever proven to be a problem.

Following my presentation and public comments, council member O’Hara made the motion to deny the appeal with a second from council member Golder. Without a single question or comment from the other council members, a unanimous vote determined the end of life for the two trees.

The last item on the December 9th agenda was an information item from staff regarding their research into the possible relocation of the two Clocktower redwoods. The mayor was set to end the meeting, the final council meeting of 2025 without even a nod to this last agenda item. I raised my hand and asked whether council was aware there was a final agenda item. The mayor checked with the city clerk who clarified it was an FYI only. Since I know that the public has the right to speak to any item on the agenda, I politely asked if this was the case. The mayor thought for a second and then said, “in the spirit of the happy holidays, take one minute.” In my minute I pointed out that staff had researched only two alternative sites, both unreasonable: one onsite and the other at San Lorenzo Park. The one reasonable alternative site for a tree on either side of the Town Clock was ignored. This demonstrated that the search for an alternative site was not serious. That council had no intention of discussing the FYI of alternative sites for the two trees demonstrated that the motion to do so was not serious.

Council’s votes against community efforts to save heritage trees pale beside the vote they will take on January 27th, 2026. Planning staff have proposed an overlay district that includes most of downtown, over half of the eastside and along all major corridors. Within this overlay district, staff proposes to allow any 100% affordable housing project to be approved “by right.” That is also called, ministerial approval rather than discretionary approval. In other words, staff will be the approving body for any project that fits the description and seeks ministerial approval. That means no public hearings before commissions or council. While state housing laws have left little local control over big housing developments that are fast becoming the norm, there have been some significant changes made for adjacent neighborhoods during these public hearings. That will be no more if council accepts the planning staff’s proposal.

It’s important to know that the state leaves the size of this new overlay district in local hands. Many communities are proceeding much more carefully, either project by project or in limited areas. Our city’s planning staff have thrown that caution to the winds and are going for the max.

In that same spirit that are allowing unlimited moderate-income earners to qualify for the affordable units. Los Angeles, in contrast has capped the percentage of moderate-income earners at 20% of the total affordable units. Moderate income is defined as 120% of the AMI or $115, 500 annual salary for an individual.

The fate for heritage trees in this proposed overlay zone is chilling. Staff is proposing to scrap the current heritage tree protections that require design efforts to preserve heritage trees on project sites by codifying that a heritage tree can be cut down only if “a project design cannot be altered to accommodate the tree.” Criteria and Standards 1 (c (3)

That effort at heritage tree protection disappears in the overlay zone. A lot of words are added that attempt to look good but basically leave no protection for heritage trees. Given state density bonusses and waivers, we see with our own eyes that developers stretch the project to cover the whole site. With no requirement to try to design to save a tree, all will be bulldozed away. To make matters worse, if a heritage tree is growing an adjacent property and is within ten feet of the project, that heritage tree must be cut down. That might be a tree on your property. I suggest you look at the green zone map to see if you will be affected and plan to write to your council member or ask for as meeting and most importantly, attend the January 27th council meeting.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
COUNTY RELEASES AMENDED (?) BESS ORDINANCE

On January 13, at 9:15am or so, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will consider the updated draft of many new rules related to allowing large grid-scale flammable and explosive battery energy storage systems (BESS) to be installed in disadvantaged neighborhoods, such as 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.  It is the first item on regular agenda…but what has been changed since Supervisors discussed this on November 18?

You won’t know by looking at the updated Ordinance, because the amendments have not been delineated. Battery Energy Storage Systems Ordinance

In my opinion, it is very clear that the New Leaf Energy installers, and owners Sequoia Energy LLC have played a major role in writing the County’s BESS Ordinance.  Why else would so much emphasis be placed on how to mitigate removal of agricultural land instead of ensuring public health and safety?

This all flies in the face of the 1978 voter-approved mandate to preserve agricultural land, known as Measure J.  This Ordinance essentially goes against that by failing to save ag land in order to support the BESS developers’ economic interests.

Consider this:

The highest risk arises where the proposal authorizes utility-scale ESS facilities on designated agricultural lands and creates findings that suspend ‘full protection’ of agricultural uses for facility siting.

Key Concerns for Agriculture

  1. Authorization of ESS facilities on agricultural land.
  2. Economic viability tests replacing soil-based protection.
  3. Prime Farmland protection weakened by discretionary language.
  4. Offsets replacing on-site preservation.

Agricultural Protection Standards

  1. Prohibit ESS facilities on CA, A, and Prime Farmland zones.
  2. Require avoidance before any consideration of mitigation.
  3. Remove economic viability findings as justification for conversion.

Siting Hierarchy

  1. Urban and industrial zones only.
  2. Previously disturbed or brownfield sites prioritized.
  3. Agricultural land excluded regardless of proximity to substations

Align energy policy with voter-approved land use law.

Top Issues (ranked)

  1. Initiative risk: agricultural siting authorization may be argued to be an impermissible amendment to Measure J without a vote.
  2. Precedent risk: creating a carve-out for a new industrial use on agricultural land invites future carve-outs.
  3. Implementation risk: ‘where possible’ Prime Farmland language and offset-first structure weaken enforceability and public trust.
  4. CEQA risk: environmental review will not resolve the authority problem if the ordinance conflicts with Measure J’s mandate.

Mitigation (CEQA) does not cure an initiative conflict: environmental review addresses impacts, not whether the County has authority to adopt a conflicting land-use rule under Measure J

  1. Questions Presented
    1. Whether authorizing utility-scale ESS facilities on agricultural land constitutes a substantive amendment to Measure J.  Voters did not approve this change.
    2. Whether mitigation/offset schemes can replace Measure J’s agricultural preservation mandate.
    3. Whether General Plan amendments may override a voter initiative without voter approval.
  2. Summary of Conclusions
    1. Measure J is a voter initiative protected from legislative amendment.
    2. Allowing industrial ESS facilities on agricultural land materially alters Measure J’s effect.
    3. CEQA mitigation does not cure an initiative conflict.
  3. III. Measure J Operative Provisions
    • “Prime agricultural lands … shall be preserved for agricultural use.” (SCCC §17.01.030(A))
    • “Divisions of land in rural areas shall be discouraged …” (SCCC §17.01.030(B))
    • “No part of this chapter … shall be amended or repealed except by a vote of the people.” (SCCC §17.01.040(B))
  4. Analysis
    1. De facto amendment via agricultural siting authorization.
    2. Policy override through findings suspending full protection.
    3. Replacement of avoidance with offsets.
    4. Introduction of economic viability as a conversion trigger.
  5. Risk and Remedies
    1. High litigation exposure absent voter approval.
    2. Recommended prohibition of ESS on CA/A zones and Prime Farmland.
    3. Alternative: submit Measure-J-impacting changes to voters.

If this matters to you, below is a possible comment you could use or base yours upon when you write to the County Board of Supervisors Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>  Make sure you do so before Friday, January 9 to ensure your comment is registered in time for the January 13 meeting.  You can also call your Supervisor: 831-454-2200.

Written comment 

  1. Measure J is a voter initiative. Its agricultural policy states that prime and economically productive agricultural lands shall be preserved for agricultural use, and it restricts amendment without a vote of the people.
  2. The proposed ESS language authorizes industrial-scale ESS facilities on agricultural land, conditioned on an ‘agricultural viability’ (economic viability) study. This shifts preservation from a mandate to a profitability test.
  3. Prime Farmland protection is weakened by discretionary language (‘where possible’), and the ordinance relies on offsets (1:1 or 3:1) rather than avoidance.
  4. Requested action: remove agricultural lands (CA/A), Prime Farmland, and Types 1–3 agricultural soils from eligibility; adopt an avoidance-first siting hierarchy prioritizing industrial and previously disturbed sites; and if Measure J must be changed, place those changes on a countywide ballot.

KEEP YOUR LANDLINE …SEND COMMENTS
On Dec. 15, the CPUC released a staff proposal of COLR changes, with deadlines for parties to comment.

“Parties are asked to comment on the Staff Proposal, and to answer questions listed in Section 2 of this Ruling. Opening comments must be filed by January 23, 2026. The deadline for reply comments is February 6, 2026.”

Ruling from the judge with questions to be answered by parties
Staff Proposal of changes to COLR

Anyone interested in landlines and COLR should read these documents and send comments to the CPUC, as well as Public Advocates office, TURN, and/or Center for Accessible Technology.

FYI, T-Mobile just asked for and was granted party status.

contributed by Nina B.

SWENSON’S VILLAGE ON THE GREEN WILL BE SEVEN STORIES TALL
Here is some interesting news for the Aptos area. The former Par Three Golf Course next to Highway One and State Park Drive is about to go…big time.

Project: Village on the Green
Application No.: 251471
APN: 039-201-36 & 039-201-37
Applicant: Swenson Development and Construction
Project Planner: Rebecca Rockom
Status: Development Review Group Pre-Application

Public Meetings
No public meetings are currently scheduled for this project.
Past public meetings: None

Village on the Green, Development Review Group Application 251471
On November 20, 2025, an application was submitted for a Development Review Group (DRG), a pre-application for the review of a housing development proposal on the site of the former Aptos Par 3 golf course. County staff from several County departments and other public agencies will review this proposal to develop 197 “for sale” 3-bedroom townhomes (each with attached 2-car garage) and a 7-story apartment structure with 215 affordable units and 274 parking spaces on the 13.85-acre site, with the intent to determine the extent of further information needed to process the application, as well as assess the project for compliance with all County ordinances. Relevant comments, corrections, and conditions will be provided to the applicant to be incorporated into proposed project, prior to the formal application.

Background
The site is the former Aptos Par 3 Golf Course which closed in 2000. Located at 2600 Mar Vista Drive, the site comprises two adjacent parcels which extend southward along Highway 1. This site was identified as an opportunity site by the 2023 Housing Element and rezoned from Parks and Recreation (PR) to Residential Flex (RF) to increase housing unit capacity in the unincorporated area. A “-min” overlay zone allows rental and owner -occupied multi-family housing to be developed by right (ministerially). A portion of the land adjacent to Mar Vista Drive was later home to the Native Revival Nursery and is currently leased to Locatelli’s Landscaping.

Housing Element
The 2023 Housing Element identified that the total number of units that could be developed under current zoning falls short of the required Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA). To address this shortfall, the Housing Element identified 75 parcels for rezoning in order to increase housing unit capacity in the unincorporated area. The Housing Element Rezone Program is currently underway to implement the zone district and land use designation changes per the 2023 Housing Element and meet state law requirements.

Contact 2nd District County Supervisor Kimberly DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>
or visit with her during upcoming office hours:

District 2 Office Hours, Thursday, January 29, 6:00 pm, Aptos Library, Betty Leonard Community Room, Aptos
District 2 Strategic Plan Town Hall, Thursday, February 26, 6:30 pm, Aptos Library, Betty Leonard Community Room

For more information, call (831) 454-2200.

WHAT DO YOU THINK?
Recent action by the Santa Cruz County Regional Transportation Commission (RTC) to seemingly sweep passenger rail off the table stunned many.

But wait…yet another transportation study has just been released.

The 2050 Regional Transportation Plan is a 25-year plan that identifies current and future transportation needs across Santa Cruz County.

The Draft 2050 Regional Transportation Plan is open for public review and comment. The comment period runs from December 15, 2025 through January 30, 2026.

 This 25-year Plan sets priorities for the transportation system, estimates available funding, and guides applications for federal, state, and local transportation dollars. The plan is updated every four to five years to reflect new trends, regulations, and community priorities.

A public hearing on the Draft Plan will be held during the RTC meeting on Thursday, January 15, 2026 at 6:30 p.m.

Public comments are welcome through January 30, 2026. Comments may be submitted at the public hearing or by email to info@sccrtc.org

To learn more or review the Draft 2050 Regional Transportation Plan, visit Long Range Plans

What do you think about Highway One metered ramps, inter-connected vehicles for alerts, and HOV lanes in Santa Cruz County?
Take a look at this Plan….and add your comments.

WILL IT BE DONE IN 2026?
The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisor meetings have been roaming hither and yon as the big remodel job of their 701 Ocean Street chambers in Santa Cruz progresses.  This is a $2 Million project supposedly funded by grant MONEY…“The third and final phase of the Government Broadcasting Revitalization Project, which targets the board chambers on the building’s 5th floor, is expected to take roughly three or four months to complete, according to [County PIO Jason] Hoppin. The scope of the effort includes technology upgrades to facilitate a better viewing experience both in person and remotely, a 90-degree turn in the orientation of the room, along with newer, more comfortable seating.” [Santa Cruz Sentinel article]

The work was supposed to begin last July during the Supervisors’ summer vacation, but got delayed to September.  It is taking a long time to complete.  See the photos below, taken in the past few weeks:

The Supervisor dais is gone…

This is the public entry from the area of the 5th floor hallway where the public used to enter…it now looks quite narrow for a quick evacuation, if needed, don’t you think?

This is seemingly the loading chute for the Supervisors and staff to access the chambers and backroom meeting space for closed session discussions. Again, it seems quite constricted and could present issues for quick evacuation.

Where will the January 13, 2926 Board meeting be held??? No updates yet on the website but here is where you will find the information when it is posted.

FYI…this will be the meeting when the Board considers the Amended (?) Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) new rules for developers who want to put large, grid-scale flammable & explosive facilities in this County, such as New Leaf Energy / Sequoia Energy LLC and their project application at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.  Stay tuned.

Hopefully, the County staff will continue posting the alternate location of the Board meetings at the main first-floor entrance of 701 Ocean Street.


STAY IN THE KNOW WITH STORMS AND FIRES
Last week’s storms brought intense wind and rain!  If you want to watch those storm cells moving in, you can, thanks to the x-band radar equipment inside that big white golf ball-looking thing on the roof of the County Sheriff Center (5200 Soquel Avenue Frontage Road, next to Highway One)
Here is the link to the real-time data

The site’s  informational bar on the left of the page includes links to fire events and other very useful information…if you have power and internet service to view it!

A LONG ROAD TO RECOVERY IN THE CZU FIRE AREA
A few weeks ago, I interviewed leaders of the  Long Term Recovery Group of Santa Cruz County to find out more about what is happening in the 2020 CZU Fire areas…and how their organization is helping those able to get permits to rebuild their homes and navigate paperwork.
You can listen to that September 19, 2025 Interview here

“The Long Term Recovery Group (LTRG) of Santa Cruz County is a collaboration of nonprofit, faith-based, local, state and national organizations that work together to assist people as they recover from disaster.

LTRG works closely with OR3 and connects disaster survivors to available community resources and programs, assists survivors with applications and appeals, and helps families develop attainable recovery plans including identifying construction and repair resources for damaged or destroyed property.

To learn more about the Long Term Recovery Group and to get help, visit sccltrg.org or follow them on Facebook for recovery updates.”  Long Term Recovery Group

The news is grim…very few homes being rebuilt, due to a multitude of permitting barriers.  More on that later.

However, the Long Term Recovery Group, is helping those who are rebuilding and  I have been honored to help their efforts by taking warm lunches to the Volunteers.  I encourage you to sign up to bring them lunch, too!  

It is wonderful to meet the homeowners and volunteers,  hear their stories and along with warm food, offer encouragement to nourish their souls.

That’s the lunchroom under the canopy….

The homeowner painted her mailbox, a hopeful sign of coming home again.

So, why has it been so difficult for so many to get permits to rebuild?  Read the 2023-2024 Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury Report  about that.

Please talk with your Supervisor about this.

FLOCKS OF GREAT WHITE EGRETS IN THE OUTFIELD
Every morning as the sun strikes the playing fields at Harvey West Park in Santa Cruz, the Great White Egrets fly in to catch the rays in the outfield.  It is a beautiful sight!  The photo below was taken from the roadway adjacent to Evergreen Cemetery.  The flock was actually double the number shown in the photo!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  LIGHT A CANDLE AND THINK GOOD THOUGHTS OF PEACE AND RESPECT FOR ALL IN THE WORLD.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
City of Santa Cruz Town Hall

What if there was a Community Town Hall in the City of Santa Cruz? Might such an endeavor help Santa Cruzans learn to support politicians more representative of their better-informed viewpoints? Could we add to the growing national movement to overcome entrenched, well-funded, and prejudiced political organizations? Is it possible that a Community Town Hall could help steward civic engagement to better inform decision making on critical issues?

Outcomes

If such an institution could be formed, how would we measure its value? In the long term, we would want this potentially expensive endeavor to be politically relevant. In the shorter term, participants would need to see it as a good use of their time. We would want the populace to agree that it well represented them in every respect. And, we would want to see increasingly more people being civically engaged, including more voter registration and turnout during elections.

Background

The term “town hall” is well used and has deep roots in US society. Elected officials have used town halls in various ways. Cynically, they are seen as ways of “representatives” seemingly listening to their constituents. But, how frequently do elected officials change anything from such feedback? Especially recently, such meetings have been disrupted by angry people and activists. The internet suggests that town halls are ways that company leadership hears from their employees. Buried deep in the internet searches, you find the term ‘community town hall,’ and even a bit of guidance on running such things.

Generally speaking, community town halls have rules and facilitation that allows respectful civic dialogue, sometimes between the community and their elected officials or other decision makers. I am not aware of any current, regular or even periodic convening of a town hall near Santa Cruz. For years, there was the Penny University but covid and the death of Paul Lee seem to have brought that to a halt. In the deeper past, I have taken part in faux town halls about the future of Cotoni Coast Dairies on two occasions run by two different organizations with no apparent outcomes. Besides those, there have been numerous ‘public input’ meetings but those are completely different.

Methodology

I would like to hear from others, but have a few ideas to share about how I see a Santa Cruz Town Hall being organized. The first imperative would be to form a representative body, engaging social scientists to help design that process. Participants probably ought to have ‘alternates’ to step in when they are unable to participate. Then there is the question of issue-formation: how will the focus of the Town Hall be informed? It seems like issues to be contemplated ought to be relevant and timely. One thing people seem to agree on about town hall methodology is that meetings need professional facilitation. It seems also important that the town hall’s deliberations have some level of buy in from decision makers, but these folk need not be key members of the town hall. Town hall leadership, though, is necessary. Perhaps a leadership committee could be formed. The facilitators and leaders would need to work together to formulate the deliberative processes and rules for the town hall.

Science, Fact, and Expert-based?

It seems important that sound deliberative processes should be science-based, but is that okay? The deliberative processes that I have seen work center on exploring the common curiosity of participants by collaboratively seeking out the best available information. Adults learn best when they feel the information they are hearing is provided by legitimate sources sharing salient information. However, some factions of today’s society have been suggesting that there are flaws in our information gathering system. If that is an issue in our community, we need to learn how to accommodate those concerns.

The Voice And Greater Engagement

How will a town hall have a voice and how will its work translate to the larger community? The role of journalism is one key issue that needs to be resolved. And, there will need to be deliberation of guidance about how to communicate the ideas that emerge from town hall processes.

However it is designed, the town hall needs to have a community engagement strategy. Somehow, a reciprocal flow of information between the town hall and the larger community seems important.

Suggestions? Want to Help?

If the City of Santa Cruz is to have a Town Hall, we need more ideas, commitment, and funding. If you want to contribute those, please let me know. We certainly need suggestions about how to best design this thing. And we need folks who are willing to help lead, facilitate, and convene the group. At first, a team will help as we work out a strategy and gather funding. After the strategy and funding are built, implementation may require more or different people. I’m hoping this idea resonates. Let’s see where it goes.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, December 29, 2025

That is Walter Isaacson, pictured above, signing copies of his most recent book, The Greatest Sentence Ever Written.

When I unwrapped a copy of that book, which I received as a Christmas gift, and when I then read the title, having never heard of it before, I knew immediately what sentence Isaacson meant – what sentence he was talking about. Can you guess, too?

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.

The sentence that Isaacson has identified as “the greatest sentence ever written,” is presented above. It is the second introductory sentence to our Declaration of Independence.

Both the origins and implications of that sentence – what it meant to those who fought a Revolutionary War, based on the claims made in that sentence, and what that sentence means for us, today, are not, I think, themselves “self-evident.” Fully to understand that sentence and the demands it makes upon us requires us to ponder its implications, and to examine the origins of almost every word employed in it, so we can come to realize the meaning of that sentence to us, today, the meaning of our revolution, and what it is necessary that we do to achieve its unfulfilled objectives. This is what Isaacson wants his book to do.

I invite anyone reading this blog posting to track down a copy of Isaacson’s book, and to read it. It is only sixty-seven pages long. Most of all, I am hopeful that this brand-new book will reinvigorate our commitment to the American Revolution, because the revolution that this sentence announced is a revolution still far from finished – even after 250 years. That sentence assigns us to a task which is a life’s work for all who understand what the sentence requires. We are, all of those who are citizens of the United States of America, and those who are here intending to become citizens, the inheritors of both benefits and obligations.

Some question the benefits – understandably so. Many forget the obligations – unfortunately.

Read the book, and it will help you avoid either one of those two mistakes.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

A PALACE IN CARACAS, FREE CUBA, WORLD COP TO WORLD BULLY

Anthony Davis wrote on his Substack blog that Donald Trump finally solved the annoying constitutional problem which states that presidents are supposed to consult Congress before taking the nation into war — simple: don’t ask! Trump demonstrated that a ‘war powers’ discussion is only theoretical — just be loudly confident and “sufficiently uninterested” in being told ‘no’. So, no consultation, no vote, no pretense of deliberation. The sovereign state of Venezuela became the victim of executive power on full volume, with the triumvirate of Trump, Miller and Hegseth flexing their ‘unitary government’ model for the whole world, flying a kidnapped President Nicolás Maduro, his wife to be held as prisoners in New York, pending their courtroom appearances.

In a November Vanity Fair interview, White House chief of staff, Susie Wiles explained that land strikes in Venezuela would require Congressional approval, because “it’s war” that needs legal justification. Trump privately admitted to Congress members the same song and dance as he continued to blow ‘drug smuggler’s’ boats to smithereens; then came the recent announcement that docks, ‘drug warehouses’ and ‘drug boats’ on Venezuela’s shores had been destroyed. The new year then brought the “large scale strike against Venezuela.” the regime change abduction of its president, and Trump’s announcement that his administration would “run the country and take over its oil reserves.” CNN reported in early November that the administration was seeking opinions from DOJ for such strikes, so quite obviously they came up with the language the president and his plotters needed to initiate the action. At his rambling press conference following the action, Trump made the comments that the strikes were about more than stopping the threat of a small-time drug-running head of state who was endangering lives of Americans.

So far, the administration has offered remarkably little care in explaining their justifications or a legal framework — it depends on who you might ask which only adds to the confusion. Vice President Vance is quoted as saying, “You don’t get to avoid justice for drug trafficking in the United States because you live in a palace in Caracas.” Secretary of State Rubio picked up on a line that seems to be echoed by others that, “the military had been supporting a law enforcement function,” noting that Maduro was under indictment in the first Trump administration. That’s woeful news for individuals in other countries that are also under indictments — do we have enough equipment, personnel, and money to also go after them? Yikes!

One of Trump’s early suggestions was that strikes might be justified because Venezuela was sending “bad people” into the US, downplaying any role of that country’s oil reserves, but then a revision occurred — the president voiced his opinion that we needed to reclaim “the oil, land, and other assets that they previously stole from us.” A confused Senator Lindsey Graham indicated that the administration lacked “clarity” in the messaging. He said, “I want clarity here. President Trump saying Maduro’s days are numbered. That seems to me that he’s gotta go. If it’s the goal of taking him out because it’s a threat to our country, then say it. And what happens next? Don’t you think most people want to know that?” It is interesting to note that following the Venezuela action, Graham posted on X: “Free Cuba.”

The attempt to keep the focus on the law enforcement aspect of the operation during the Saturday morning press conference became a shambles as Trump kept wandering off script to emphasize how his administration would temporarily run the government of Venezuela, with repetitious references to the oil reserves and how Venezuelans would become “rich,” all of which begs the question: If he and his bumbling gang can’t run this country successfully, how does that translate to another mismanaged country? And restructuring the Venezuelan oil industry, which is reportedly decrepit and out of date, is another question entirely. “We’re going to rebuild the oil infrastructure. We’re going to run the country right,” said Trump without a whisper of any justification, let alone a plan of action to accomplish this. Venezuela’s large geographical size could prove difficult to control, and because of its significant oil wealth, other countries will take an interest in how our government moves. China has chimed in, calling the attack a “blatant use of force against a sovereign state.”

Of course, the blustering Trump has threatened the possibility of further military options beyond kidnapping and destruction of Venezuela’s industrial and military infrastructure, making it clear that he intends to continue testing the limits his presidential authority and Americans‘ tolerance for his stretching the law. Yet, Americans probably can still be shocked and horrified at his undeclared, unprovoked, and illegal attacks, but we should recognize that this puts us on the same moral and legal footing as Putin’s Russia in their war of pure aggression against UkraineSenator Ruben Gallego, in a post where he remarks about his service in the Iraq War, wrote, “Second unjustified war in my life time. This was is illegal, it’s embarrassing that we went from the world cop to the world bully in less than one year. There is no reason for us to be at war with Venezuela.”

Jennifer Rubin writes in The Contrarian on Substack, “It is hard not to conclude that the action is a ‘wag the dog moment’ aimed at distracting the public from the Epstein files, the rotten economy, and Trump’s declining health. It very well could supercharge Trump’s lawless and violent domestic policies against migrants, civil society groups, and others on grounds that they are authorized by wartime powers. His rickety tower of constitutional rubbish will continue to build.” Rubin feels that we should have no expectation that congressional Republicans will do anything to thwart Trump, since they have repeatedly caved in allowing his illegal attacks on boats, even killing survivors in the sea.

With tongue firmly in cheek, the Daily Dose of Democracy site posts, “Whew! It’s almost as if there’s a festering scandal dogging the embattled president on the domestic front and his regime is desperately looking for cover wherever it can find it. Almost.” The writer says that America’s wannabe dictator is feeling frisky after the Venezuela action and is hellbent on continuing his imperial march across the planet — no matter the cost. Trump admitted that US military action against Colombia “sounds good to me,” with an ominous warning to Cuba, and a repeat statement that taking over Greenland is important for our national security. Another repeat was the threat toward Iran should that country’s  crackdown on protesters get out of hand. Unable to stop his ranting, he issued another warning to Mexico over drug trafficking, telling them to “get their act together, or else.”

The attack on Venezuela Rubin blames on the MAGA Supreme Court majority, and Chief Justice John Roberts Jr. specifically, who granted broad immunity never envisioned by the Framers of the Constitution, and now Trump has taken that and made a run headfirst into war. AG Pam Bondi ran headfirst to X, writing, “Nicholás Maduro and his wife, Cilia Flores, have been indicted in the Southern District of New York. Maduro has been charged with Narco-Terrorism Conspiracy, Cocaine Importation Conspiracy, Possession of Machine-guns and Destructive Devices, and Conspiracy to Possess Machine-guns and Destructive Devices against the United States.” She then added, “They will soon face the full wrath of American justice on American soil in American courts. On behalf of the entire US DOJ, I would like to thank President Trump for having the courage to demand accountability on behalf of the American People, and a huge thank you to our brave military who conducted the incredible and highly successful mission to capture these two alleged international narco traffickers.”

Conservative commenters, concerned that New York justice would let down the country, and that Maduro wouldn’t “feel the full wrath of American justice” that Bondi seeks, posted: “So we just hyper complicated this case to a jurisdiction power struggle? In S NY? Well alrighty then;” “Indicted in SDNY? Is that to ensure something does or doesn’t happen?” Another sarcastically posted, “Hopefully not the ‘full wrath’ Ghislaine Maxwell is getting.” Ben Meiselas on MeidasTouch wrote, “I thought the American justice system was supposed to be about ‘due process’ and not ‘wrath,'” as he points out the irony in Trump’s pardon of the convicted drug trafficking Honduran president. One poster on X commented, “The Sackler family has done more to fuel the fentanyl epidemic in America than Venezuela. Can we conduct a midnight raid to arrest them too?

The president told Fox News there were no US casualties in the raid, though helicopter troops were hurt when their craft was hit, but no Americans were killed. Venezuelan officials denounced the operation as military aggression, calling for mobilization, with reports of around forty deaths and many injuries which are still being assessed. The government’s inner circle is still intact, with vice president Delcy Rodriguez being secretly sworn in as interim president, after which she appeared on state television calling the US action “a brutal attack.” Trump later claimed she had spoken to Marco Rubio and was “essentially willing to do what we think is necessary,” but that claim raises more questions than it answers, especially with all the confusion we’ve seen within the administration over the last few days as they attempt to present a convincing plan for the future.

What could be more Trumpian than The Washington Post’s report that the president has iced out opposition leader, and 2025 Nobel Peace Prize winner, Maria Corina Machado as a successor to Maduro? Her unforgivable sin of accepting the Prize rather than demanding it be given to Trump has resulted in her being thrown under the bus, with Trump stating, “It’d be very tough for her to be the leader because she doesn’t have the support or the respect within the country.” Opposition leaders were stunned because expectations that Washington would rally behind her were dashed. Daily Dose of Democracy calls this newsworthy with the president’s petulant self-serving behavior being truly unmatched — a stark reminder to anyone on the world stage willing to play ball with The Donald, that his ego and self-interest are job numero uno.

The administration’s insistence that the Venezuela action was simply to make an arrest — sure, with helicopters, fighter planes, missiles and bombs, and an armada of support ships in the sea — begs the question: Why is it necessary to now run the country? Trump insists, “We’re going to run the country until such time as we can do a safe, proper, and judicious transition.” He and Secretary of State Rubio need to get their stories on the same page! Senator Chuck Schumer tweeted, “The idea that Trump plans now to run Venezuela should strike fear in the hearts of all Americans. The American people have seen this before and paid the devastating price.” Keep the repeating the mantra: He can’t even run THIS country!

Several MAGA dissidents oppose Trump’s attack, one arguing that, “Most Americans are enraged. American disgust with our own government’s never-ending military aggression and support of foreign wars is justified because we are forced to pay for it, and both parties — Republican and Democrat — always keep the Washington military machine funded and going.” Outgoing Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene posted on X: “This is what many in MAGA thought they voted to end. Boy, were we wrong!” Podcaster and MAGA influencer Candace Owens suggested that the Trump administration had carried out the attack “at the behest of globalist psychopaths.” She says that Venezuela has been ‘liberated’ like SyriaAfghanistan, and Iraq with the CIA staging another hostile takeover. “That’s it. That’s what is happening, always, and everywhere,” she said. Democrat Ro Khanna argues that Trump has “betrayed” his MAGA base by launching a war to bring regime change to Venezuela. He said that we keep voting against dumb wars, but our presidents get us entangled in conflicts abroad, while ignoring the lack of good jobs and high costs for Americans at home.

At the unhinged, reckless press conference — as described by Ben Meiselas — Trump appeared to be dozing off for extended periods of time as the military details of the operation were presented by Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of StaffGeneral Dan Caine. “Nothing says end of empire like a grasping regime change war launched by an aging leader who can’t even stay awake for the announcement,” posted on X by MS Now host, Krystal Ball. “A literal coup isn’t thrilling enough to keep him awake,” wrote journalist Peter Rothpletz. Given the severity of the events revealed at the press conference, author Aaron Bastani wrote on social media, “Trump sounds exhausted while talking, and can’t keep is eyes open. The neocons got what they wanted. Curious to see when he’s disposed of.”

Substack’s Anthony Davis posted: “The larger concern is not just Venezuela, but the precedent. If the world’s most powerful country can bomb a capital city, kidnap a sitting president and face little more than sternly worded statements, others may take notes. Some warn that China may see this moment as proof that force, when wielded by the powerful, comes with few consequences.” Davis observes that Trump appears increasingly comfortable with military theatrics, and positively energized by the operation to use ground forces if needed. His falling approval ratings and domestic scandals only increase the temptation to project strength abroad. Venezuela is a stress test for the international system — if the rules only apply when convenient, then there are no rules at all, only suggestions for smaller countries. Davis concludes: “Trump’s fascist playbook now extends beyond US borders, as he assumes the role of CEO of Venezuela, replacing one dictator with another.”

Previous week’s entry

A RED SIREN, DEFENSIBLE, DELUSIONAL, STOP YELLING!

The synopsis by Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch of President Trump’s recent 18-minute address from the White House pretty much sums up its value as “a tantrum with a teleprompter.” “A grievance sermon delivered at warp speed, yelled at the American people, as if your bank account personally insulted him,” summarizes Ben. “It was a hostage video starring facts bound, gagged, and shoved into the trunk of a golf cart.” Meiselas surmises that Trump chose the prime time slot — sorry, fans of ‘Survivor‘ — because his “poll numbers are underwater and sinking fast,” and not because of the national emergency of a sinking economy. With sixty percent of the country disapproving of his actions — not a rounding error, but a flashing red siren screaming ‘we don’t believe you‘ — he decides to yell louder at his victims. As if speed-reading a grocery receipt he picked up in a parking lot, he spouted prices of items, and screeched that expenses are falling fast, but Meiselas points out, “You can’t shout inflation into submission. And you definitely can’t bully people into believing their expenses are cheaper just because you said so.” And adding, “Believe me,” doesn’t cut it.

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

~

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it here.

I wanted a holiday themed entry for this week’s edition, and the obvious one would have been “Santa’s Village“, the defunct and now vanished amusement park off Highway 17 that’s been replaced by a housing development, and now lingers on only in the form of Santa’s Village Road. Oddly (to me), Prof. Clark didn’t think it worthy of including in his text, and only references it the Glossary under the entry for “village”.

So, I went with a backup: “Christmas”. Surely, something in the county would be named after that, right? Right? Well, it was a near thing… here I present to you, in all it’s glory, the entry for “Christmas Gulch”. If you know of any other winter holiday themed locations in Santa Cruz County, or can offer insight on either of the two entries below, write me. 🙂

P.S. There’s an entry for “Claus”, but it refers to Claus Spreckels, the “sugar king” and a leading citizen of Santa Cruz County in his era (Spreckles Drive in Aptos is misnamed after him). Maybe I’ll use that for next year’s winter holiday submission.

Enjoy, and see you next week!

  1. The Santa Cruz Sentinel of July 3, 1880, makes a passing reference to a Christmas Gulch located on the line of the South Pacific Coast Railroad between Santa Cruz and Felton. Origin and exact location uncertain.
  2. A small gulch that enters the West Branch Soquel Creek in NWQ, Section 27, T95, RIW. Origin undetermined. MAP (1912?)

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Friendship”

“Walking with a friend in the dark is better than walking alone in the light.”
~Helen Keller

“A real friend is one who walks in when the rest of the world walks out.”
~Walter Winchell

“There are no strangers here; Only friends you haven’t yet met.”
~William Butler Yeats

“Love is the only force capable of transforming an enemy into a friend.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

“A friend is someone who gives you total freedom to be yourself. “
~Jim Morrison

“Do I not destroy my enemies when I make them my friends?”
~Abraham Lincoln

At 20 (yes, twenty) this girl has already competed (US Champion at 13), retired, and staged a come-back! She’s from Oakland… reigning World Champion Alysa Liu. Enjoy!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

December 17 – 23, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… break this week, back next… Steinbruner… Fix this!! Hayes… Human Relational Consistency… Patton… What’s the real Problem? Matlock… … go towards the strength… economic equality… health treason… another wall… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover …
Webmistress serves you… One good thing per month of 2025… Quotes on… “Holidays”

...

THE SANTA CRUZ RAILROAD WHARF & THE FISHERMAN’S WHARF. 1914 This photo is from 1914, the year WWI started. Note that there were two wharves… for how long was this the case?

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: December 17, 2025

RUNNING RAGGED. In our new house, we are decorating like crazy what with grandkids and all coming for Christmas. I have 4 of them, aged 10, 5, 3, and 1. One boy and three girls, with the boy being the oldest. I think a lot about traditions and rituals and celebrations that I grew up with, and that they will have no idea about. Heck, a bunch of it my own kids don’t know! In Sweden, we celebrate Christmas Eve, not Christmas Day. I’m sure I’ve mentioned this before… one of the things that happens in Sweden is that the entire country stops at 3pm on Christmas Eve, because everyone watches a Donald Duck Christmas special on TV. I’m assuming that with cable and the Internet, it’s less prevalent now, but it for sure was the case still in the late 90s.

I’m going to track it down (I’m sure it’s on YouTube), and put it on tomorrow when the kids come.

MAILINGLIST WOES. We are migrating to a new mailing list system, as we’ve had some problems with the existing one. We’ll be working on this over the holidays, and there may be some glitches until we get everything ironed out. Don’t worry, I will let you know if and when you need to do anything. Thank you for your patience!

Have the merriest of Christmases, and happiest of whatever holiday you may celebrate. We have one more column coming this year, and then we’ll see you in 2026!

~Webmistress

...

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

She is busy with tree appeals, but we’ll hear from Gillian again soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
PLEASE FIX THIS BIG MISTAKE

At last Tuesday’s Board of Supervisor meeting, Supervisor DeSerpa spotted a big problem with the Watsonville Hospital Health Care District assessment parcel tax charges, noting that 19,000 parcels were overcharged and 5000 were not charged at all but should have been. This was implementation of Measure N, passing a $116 Million bond for maintenance and upgrades.  Watsonville Community Hospital Measure N – watsonvillehospital.org

Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa raised the issue, noting Consent Agenda Item #22.  Although she did not pull the item for public discussion, she asked staff to return in the future to report on why the errors were made and to ensure that other such errors were not happening in the County with other assessments.

She also disagreed that there would be not fiscal impact to the County related to the issue, as the staff report claimed, because someone will indeed have to examine assessments one-by-one to fix the error.

Fourth District Supervisor Felipe Hernandez was silent on the matter, even though the Watsonville Hospital is in his district and his constituents were likely affected by the assessment errors.

Here is an excerpt from the Item #22 Consent Agenda staff report:

On September 30, 2025, the Board adopted the tax rates for Santa Cruz County for Fiscal Year 2025–26 through Resolution No. 2025-90. This resolution corrects the individual tax rate for the Pajaro Valley Healthcare District’s debt issuance, which was initially miscalculated due to a software error that excluded approximately 5,000 parcels from the rate calculation. The bond rate is designed to generate sufficient tax revenue to meet debt service obligations for the Fiscal Year and to distribute that amount equitably among all parcels within the applicable tax rate areas. 

The exclusion of these parcels resulted in some taxpayers being overcharged and others undercharged on their tax bills. However, the total amount to be collected to meet the bond’s debt service requirements remains unchanged. Corrected property tax bills will be issued to affected property owners to reflect the adjusted tax rate.

You can view Supervisor DeSerpa’s testimony on this issue here, at minute 50:00-51:15

Please let her know you appreciate her careful attention:  831-454-2200, Kimberly DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>

SOQUEL CREEK WATER DISTRICT NOW PUMPING TREATED SEWAGE WATER INTO THE AQUIFER
I learned at the Soquel Creek Water District Community Advisory Committee meeting last week that the PureWater Soquel Project has now become operational, injecting 1.3 million gallons of treated sewage water daily into the pristine Purisima Aquifer.  According to General Manager Melanie Mow-Schumacher, the Project is in the midst of the 21-day test and verification period with the State water authorities.

I guess that explains the big crew of clipboard-toting people wearing white helmets that I observed at the Project’s Water Treatment Facility, located adjacent to the “Whale Overcrossing” structure on Soquel Avenue Frontage Road on Monday, December 15.

What I wonder about is why a worker followed up their inspection by washing the pavement  and areas around the wastewater  tank for about 20 minutes…the effluent going into the local stormwater drain???

Was it chemicals or sewage that he was washing away???

How can the public know?

Also, I wonder if the “inspection team” noted the pool of effluent next to one of the treatment tanks?  This puddle has been visible for many weeks.  

Finally, there was another leak of what appears to be treated sewage water that will be used for landscape irrigation, even though the State Regional Water Control Board permit for the Project operation does NOT allow the water to be used for irrigation in areas accessible to the public. Hmmmm….  One must assume that a landscaped area next to the Project’s visitor center would be considered “publicly accessible”.

If any of this concerns you, please contact the Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board <centralcoast@waterboards.ca.gov>,
and copy Tamara Anderson <tamara.anderson@waterboards.ca.gov>.

WHAT AN EYESORE!
When Soquel Creek Water District first shoved through the PureWater Soquel Project environmental impact report (EIR) in 2018, they promised a high level of vegetative screening of the Project’s equipment to address adverse aesthetic impacts.

On November 7, 2024, I wrote the Board of Directors to remind them of the Project’s EIR promises to address the unsightly facility on Soquel Avenue Frontage Road.  Take a look at the plans and simulations promised on pages 26 and 44.

I received no response at all from the Board or staff.

On January 17, 2025, I wrote again. Again, NO response from the Board or staff, even though Boardmember Bruce Jaffe raised the issue that the aesthetics of the Treatment Facility needed attention, causing the Board to form an Ad Hoc Committee to review the issue.

There has been no follow-up reporting on the significant adverse visual impact and public nuisance this blight has burdened the disadvantaged Community of Live Oak with, even though those residents and business owners are NOT within the service boundaries of Soquel Creek Water District.

Many Live Oak Community residents addressed the Board on January 15, 2019 to express their displeasure and concerns regarding the Project, immediately following the Board’s approval of the Project EIR (December 18, 2018), for which they had no notice because they are not Soquel Creek Water District customers.  Oddly, the District has scrubbed that month’s video recording from the archived meeting records:

Livestream is no longer available

If you care about what appears to be blatant disregard of the Live Oak residents and their Community, please write the Soquel Creek Water District Board of Directors <bod@soquelcreekwater.org> and copy Clerk Emma Western <emmaw@soquelcreekwater.org>

ANOTHER NEW WAY FOR SANTA CRUZ CITY TO GRAB YOUR WALLET????
I spotted a Legal Notice in the December 16, 2025 Sentinel Classifieds that ought to make many stand up and pay attention.  I suspect it is a crafty move to finance the Downtown Expansion area that includes the new stadium for the Warriors.

It is a notice of a Public Hearing on Thursday, January 15, 2026 by the Public Financing Authority to meet and answer questions and receive oral comments and objections related to the proposed Santa Cruz Enhanced Infrastructure Financing District (“Santa Cruz EIFD”). 

 “Under Government Code Section 53398.63, the meeting will provide review the draft Infrastructure Financing Plan (“IFP”).  It will be the first of two public hearings to consider the draft IFP, and the Public Financing Authority will consider any additional comments to modify or reject the IFP, if appropriate. 

If the IFP is not rejected, at the first public hearing, then the Public Financing Authority will hold a second public hearing tentatively schedule for February 19, 2026 to consider adoption of the IFP.

The purpose of the Santa Cruz IFP is to help address the shortfall in funding for the provision of public capital facilities of community-wide significance that provide significant benefits and promote economic development with in the boundaries of the Santa Cruz EIFD boundaries.

EIFDs are created to pay for infrastructure and other public amenities from incremental property tax revenues, and do not increase property taxes or any other taxes for landowner within or outside the EIFD boundaries.”

Apparently, the Santa Cruz City Council reviewed this matter on December 4, 2025, setting the wheels in motion for the formation of the EIFD.

What does that mean???

Here is the explanation provided on the City’s EIFD website.

Approved by State legislation in 2014, EIFDs can be formed among any entities with property taxing authority, including a City, County, or Special District, but excluding school districts. In Santa Cruz’ s case, the two entities with property taxing authority include the City and the County of Santa Cruz. 

EIFD’s capture property tax revenue growth within their boundaries, and that tax revenue may be to issue bonds to fund infrastructure projects (e.g. streets, utilities, sidewalks, pedestrian safety enhancements) or other public purposes allowed by law.

The EIFD does not have the power to impose new taxes on property owners and does not impact any taxpayer’s tax bill. Instead, EIFD captures property tax growth within the existing tax rate, known as “property tax increment”, and redirects a portion of it for new purposes, such as infrastructure and other public amenities. 

An EIFD can collect and spend property tax increment up to 45 years after the first bond is issued.

The proposed Santa Cruz EIFD encompasses approximately 543 acres of land, representing approximately 5% of the total acres of land in the City limits. The Santa Cruz EIFD includes several, non-contiguous development opportunity site areas, including underutilized parcels with significant potential for private investment where current and planned land use guidance supports a diversity of uses promoting economic development of, and enhancement of quality of life within, the boundaries of the EIFD and the surrounding community. Documentation related to the Santa Cruz EIFD, including a copy of the draft Boundary Map, draft Infrastructure Financing Plan (“IFP”), and the Resolution of Intention, are available online and at City Hall, City Clerk’s Office, 809 Center Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95060. Documentation is also available by emailing Brian Borguno <bborguno@santacruzca.gov> or calling (831) 420-5316.

I think the question we need to ask is how will the City support the new bond debt seemingly on the horizon…in addition to the financial problems already existing?

BOARD OF SUPES SHOULD  USE STATEWIDE PUBLIC SAFETY REVENUES FOR EXPENSIVE NEW RADIO PROJECT
Last week, I wrote about the County Supervisors approving a $28 Million radio contract  with no idea how to pay for it.  That is the Radio Interoperability project, known as RING.

The Supervisors should be looking at using Statewide Public Safety money the County receives every year that comes from a permanent statewide 1/2 cent sales tax approved by the voters in 1992 as Proposition 172.

Currently, Santa Cruz County receives about $29 Million annually, and hands all but 0.5% of it to the law enforcement departments.

Hmmmm… That needs to change. Prop. 172 monies should be used to pay for fire agency services as well, and to be openly discussed to fund the impending RING radio system.

Please write your Supervisors and demand this: Board of Supervisors<boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov> and also the new County Administrative Officer Nicole Coburn<nicole.coburn@santacruzcountyca.gov>

REST IN PEACE, ROBLEY LEVY
Supervisor Kim DeSerpa dedicated a moment of silence in honor of former 2nd District County Supervisors Ms. Robley Levy at the December 16 Board meeting. Supervisor DeSerpa said she had met with her about three weeks ago, noting “she gave me alot of good tips.”

It was a sad moment for me, and brought back many memories of working together with Robley in my Community.  She was instrumental in organizing a volunteer fire department and obtaining a new small fire engine for the Aptos Hills area that could nimbly navigate the narrow mountain roads, a need emphasized when a home burned to the ground due to larger fire engines being unable to access the site.

She also helped my Community navigate through the Public Utilities Commission for a change in ownership with our difficult water company owner, whose mismanagement and misfeasance threatened the availability of water, raised serious health and safety problems.

She held regular constituent meetings at BookWorks in Aptos, to which I would take my young child to meet with her.  Robley heard my  daughter’s first words there.

Robley worked hard for the people and believed in public representation and participation. She was the founding President of the League of Women Voters of Santa Cruz County in 1964.

Unfortunately, the maelstrom over her position on the Wingspread Development proposed for the Seacliff area caused her to lose her bid for re-election. She retreated then, and I remember seeing her have great fun with her canine friends at the dog park in Polo Grounds County.

Here is an excerpt from the League of Women Voters newsletter ten years ago:

It is an honor to welcome Robley Levy back to the membership.

She was our League’s first president back in 1964. It was quite interesting to hear Robley speak at our Fiftieth Annual Meeting about those first days of the League, and hear about how her League work led her to be elected to the previously male-dominated Board of Supervisors.”

Santa Cruz VOTER, August 2015[PDF]

Many thanks to Robley for her good work to support the people of District 2 and Santa Cruz County.  May she rest in peace, a job well-done.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  SEND GOOD THOUGHTS TO THOSE WHOM YOU CARE ABOUT.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers, and Happy Winter Solstice,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Human Relational Consistency

Our relationships with humans, non-humans, and Nature in general probably reflect a lot about our personalities. It is my hypothesis that all three types of relationships have the same proclivities due to how we see ourselves and ‘others.’ We greatly benefit when we explore how to improve ourselves and our relationships through all three types of interactions.

Elements of Good Relationships

The same types of things make for good relationships with our intimate partners, our friends, our pets, the wild critters around us, and nature in general. Mutual respect, good communication, acceptance, compassion, kindness, financial stability…how many more things can you list?

I guess that most people see that list as easily applicable to intimate partners, but increasingly hesitate to apply those things as we move through the list of other types of relationships. Most probably come to quite a bit of confusion when they try applying the same list to ‘wild critters’ and ‘nature in general,’ but I urge trying. My suggestion is that there is no more important and intimate relationship than between each individual and Nature.

Mutual Respect

Let’s apply the need for mutual respect to each type of relationship. Can you imagine a marriage working without mutual respect? The term ‘mutual respect’ deserves some deep pondering; read about it…its fascinating, but we all probably have at least a basic understanding about what that term is getting at. I would bet we would agree that an aspect of our better friendships also is based on mutual respect. Now for a harder thing: pets. I wrote recently about that particular kind of relationship, positing that mutual respect is necessary for the most healthy interactions with our pets. The same applies to wild animals and nature in general: if we respect all species and the systems they require, they will thrive and so shall we.

Good Communication

How can there be mutual respect without communication? And, if mutual respect requires communication, how does that work with wild critters and nature in general? Most mature individuals realize that communication requires listening, asking, and telling. Hopefully we are always learning how to be better listeners, how to ask the right questions in the right way, and how to tell people things so that what we say is true and clear. Again, moving through the list- with this concept, we probably ‘get it’ with life partners and good friends, right? How about with pets? Experts and data suggest those concepts hold with our pets, too. Why would there be a difference? I also don’t think there is a difference with wild things and nature. Are we listening to the wild nonhumans – they are certainly always communicating, sometimes even trying different ways to communicate so that we can better understand. Wild critters have evolved ways of communicating between species over millennia. With global warming we are learning how to listen to nature better than ever, because our future depends on it.

Acceptance

At some point, we hopefully learn to accept our partners, our friends and even our pets, but are we coming to accept wild critters and nature, as well? “You can’t change people” is an enlightened point of view, illustrating acceptance. “You can’t teach an old dog new tricks” applies to pets (maybe the pet is saying the same thing about its people!). To get to that level of acceptance, there is a journey that few take with wild critters and nature, but the concepts are the same. Unfortunately, most people can’t take the ‘inconvenience’ or work that such acceptance entails. What does it mean to accept things like raccoons, skunks, squirrels, rats, deer, mountain lions, etc.? It means that we understand their nature, or at least believe those who have come to that understanding, and act accordingly. Alas, this is where most people say something like “I don’t accept mice” and kill them. As a whole, the human race is saying “I don’t accept nature” and is destroying it.

Breaking Up is Hard to Do

When we separate from a lover, a good friend, or a pet, we feel pain. I suggest that we feel this same kind of pain whenever we separate from nature. Sometimes, we experience loss of mutual respect, good communication, or acceptance. I’m sure we’ve all been there. It hurts and we have to figure out what to do, how to move on, how to heal, how to make up. Or, we harden ourselves, ignore feelings and suffer. We must realize that we have the same choice with our relationships with wild nature: this is deep in our beings – it can be no other way.

A Stark Contrast

There is one big difference between our relationship with humans and with greater nature: we can survive breakup with individual other humans, but we cannot survive a total breakup with nature. So, what we do instead with nature is maintain an abusive relationship. We rationalize some level of reduced respect for nature, we stop listening, and we fail to accept most aspects of the natural world around us. In doing so, we damage ourselves: we know we are doing this and feel bad about ourselves. Some people must turn to religion to escape such feelings with dogma suggesting we are justified, deities will take care of our problems, etc..

What To Do

There is so much to do to improve our relationship with the nonhuman world, where do we start? Just as with our other relationships, don’t we feel better if we are ‘working on it?’ We know when we are growing and pushing and improving earnestly – such growth and the awe it inspires releases the best of reward chemicals in our brains and keeps those around us smiling lovingly into our eyes. The same holds true with our experiences with the nonhuman world. Check it out, there are many ways.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, December 15, 2025

That insistent question mark, shown above, is the graphic you’ll see if you click this link. Clicking that link will direct you to an article in the January 2025, edition of The Desert Report. The title of the article I am referencing is as follows: “What’s The Real Problem?” I consider this article to be an important effort to deal with the economic, social, political, and environmental crises that directly challenge both you and me, and that challenge every other person now living on this planet.

I have extolled The Desert Report before, and here I am, doing that again! Please read the article I have linked above, and consider subscribing to the magazine, which is published by the California/Nevada Desert Committee of the Sierra Club.

“What’s The Real Problem?” is not what I would call “cheery.” The article was written by William E. Rees, Professor Emeritus at the University of British Columbia and former director of the School of Community and Regional Planning (SCARP) at UBC. Rees was born just eight days before I was, in 1943, and that means that both he and I can legitimately claim to have “been around.” We have been many times around the sun! While “older” isn’t always “wiser,” I think that Rees’ analysis is well presented, and his explanation of that “real problem” is easy to understand.

Rees believes that the “real problem” confronting everyone alive today is what he denominates “MTI,” or the “Modern Techno-Industrial World Order.” Sometimes, he uses the term, “overshoot.”

Clearly, Rees says, it is at least theoretically possible to reset our current “world order,” and to organize our economy, society, and culture so that we make sure that what human beings do is not going to undermine the Natural World that sustains all life on Planet Earth. Rees doesn’t talk, explicitly, in terms of the “Two Worlds” understanding of reality that I always talk about, but he definitely understands things in just the same way I do:

To achieve a just and sustainable material steady-state on Earth we need a personal to civilizational transition away from MTI sensibilities to a wholly new way of thinking and being on Earth (a new set of beliefs, values, assumptions and behavioral norms) in which humans can live spiritually satisfying lives more equitably within the biophysical means of nature.

Having made the statement just quoted, Rees then asks the obvious and most pertinent follow-up question: “HOW to get there?” He suggests, first, that a global calamity may do the job for us, noting that “it may take a dramatic failure – systemic collapse and millions of deaths – to shake a culture from its customary narrative.” This is, essentially, what Kim Stanley Robinson has suggested is the most likely scenario, in his book, The Ministry For The Future.

Rees also identifies chronic energy shortages, or global famine, as ways to get people’s attention. He obviously wrote his article before the Los Angeles wildfires, because something like that, maybe on an even more massive scale, could do the trick. Mass demonstrations or revolution might also work, says Rees. “If enough people are truly disadvantaged or disenchanted they may revolt, overthrowing corrupt governments.”

Rees actually suggests that the United States might be getting close to such citizens’ uprisings, and specifically calls out the December 4, 2024, assassination in New York City of UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson.

In the end, Rees doesn’t want to let some dramatic “trigger event” compel us into changing what we do. He provides the following “Plan B” as his best “HOW to get there?” scenario:

In the final analysis given the momentum of MTI culture and systemic resistance to change, I’m not sure there is anything truly transformative ordinary people can do on their own to “tackle” overshoot. Ironically, at a time when community cohesion has never been more important, society seems ever more fractured and mutually distrustful. This is not helpful. Overshoot will end, and in present circumstances any “outcome” will probably be tragic at some level for millions. It’s not even certain that major governments and international institutions can positively influence the nature of the outcome. (The 1992 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and its 29 international COP conferences to reduce fossil fuel use and emissions have failed repeatedly – both consumption and emissions are at record levels and rising).

Perhaps the wisest strategy for individuals and communities is a combination of self-education, community re-building for mutual understanding/support, and active political engagement. The initial goals should be to raise eco-social-reality to popular consciousness and to organize discussion of key elements of a “Plan B” for orderly degrowth tuned to your community. And remember, focus on the HOW question. Do you have a social-change theory and operational strategy? Develop one – HOW, by what (preferably non-violent) means, do we convince both our local political leaders and ordinary citizens to take the necessary steps to reduce their personal and community eco-footprints?

Looking ahead, and perhaps most importantly, Plan B will invariably involve determined action to relocalize; work with allies on a strategy to bring home crucial economic activities, particularly food production/processing, cloth and clothes-making, and essential small-scale manufacturing. As globalization erodes and related supply chains fray to breaking, it will be necessary to insulate yourselves, loved ones and friends against the worst effects of the transition, whatever final form it takes.

Above all, think of this as opportunity; let the creative juices flow as if your life depended on it – because it does (emphasis added)!

Again, Rees doesn’t use the same terminology that I use in these daily blog postings, but his personal prescription, his “Plan B,” is what I call “politics,” what I call, “self-government.”

Can small groups of people change the world? I think that you can either take it from Margaret Mead, who says that this is the only way the world has ever changed. Or, you can “find some friends,” and start proving it for yourself.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

TIRING OF FEAR, MAKE YOUR OWN WEATHER, BUBBLING ORANGE PUDDLE

Democratic think tanks make the case that the party needs to move to the right in order to win back voters in ’26 and ’28, trying to prove that voters are more moderate on many social and cultural issues, but a counterargument in The New Republic by Monica Potts provides a road map for candidates that won’t require candidates to throw vulnerable coalition members under the bus. A compilation and analysis of the surveys and focus groups done since the 2024 election by Way to Win, a left-leaning ‘strategic donor collaborative and strategy hub,’ founded after the 2016 election, looks at swing voters including 2020 Biden voters in addition to those who sat out the election. This analysis provides a fuller picture than the conclusion that the electorate swung right in November, concluding that those who sat out the election are much more politically aligned with Democrats but weren’t motivated to vote for Kamala Harris and downballot Democrats, while determining what they want from future candidates.

Way to Win pinpoints several problems: Voters were upset about rising prices and longer-term economic trends — movements on the left around issues like Gaza, racial and economic justice and immigration weren’t aligned with the party. Potts says, “Fundamental to the report is an important corrective. While many Democrats lost last year because the party had moved too far left, Way to Win makes the case that voters don’t actually apply neatly defined ideological frames when they evaluate candidates’ policies and choose whom to vote for. Their decisions are more complex and filtered through their social, family, and work lives — a conclusion supported by much political science research. ‘When you go knock on doors, you hear all kinds of stories, but they almost never have to do with detailed policies or ideological framing,’ the report says.

A path forward suggests moderation on some issues like immigration, the environment, or trans rights, and while it might be true that the party’s positions are to the left of the majority on some specific issues, there’s no evidence that those issues drove decision-making in NovemberJennifer Fernandez Ancona of Way to Win found that other issues highlighted in their report are much bigger factors, especially true of those who failed to vote — they didn’t want moderation, but a stronger economic message and Democrats who would fight for them, who had failed to deliver in the past. By moderating, it was more likely to reinforce Republican talking points, weakening the Democrats’ position. Fernandez Ancona says, “We’re really saying we need to actually go towards strength, which is what we define in the report as basically standing for what you believe in.” The perception of Democrats as weak was partly shaped by Republican attacks rather than Democratic messages themselves, and Harris didn’t work to counter that impression, her campaign messaging failing to break through.

The issue of economic equality is a major factor to Democrat voters who want a strengthened enforcement against wealthy tax cheats, and making the wealthy pay what they owe. Fernandez Ancona says, “It’s making the case that the system is not working for a lot of people because of this inequality and this imbalance, and we have to make that more fair.” Political strategist Anat Shenker-Osorio believes Democrats need to embrace ‘magnetism,’ which is similar to the ‘strength’ that Way to Win advocates in staking out forceful positions that risk pushing some voters away but are also much more likely to attract voters than simply taking whatever positions the polls suggest. These arguments are strengthened by wins of Zohran MamdaniMikie Sherrill, and Abigail Spanberger in recent elections, despite the fact that they had ideological differences, but share an approach to politics that was combative on behalf of their constituents, by promising to tackle the big issues like affordability, and working hard to deliver without ceding ideological ground to Republicans. As Fernandez Ancona offers, “They actually went after it head-on by standing up for their values and who they were. The playbook going forward is, name it, call it out for what it is — because the voters don’t like this fear and division. They’re tired of it.

The havoc and wreckage of the second Trump administration is motivating voters to show up for Democrats, evidenced in the recent elections, but to win big and retain power, the party must work harder to build a party brand that answers voters’ real concerns, differentiating them from the GOPPotts concludes, “That doesn’t mean behaving like a weather vane, turning in whichever direction the political winds blow. It means having the courage and strength to make your own weather.

David Rothkopf on The Daily Beast says, “It is hard to know whether Donald Trump or the MAGA movement he created is falling apart faster.” The 79-year old president is deteriorating rapidly — puffy cankles, bruises with bandages and makeup, slurring of speech, erratic behavior and conspicuous naps during televised events — not to mention his painful sensitivity to his health issues, suggesting that those who mention it are guilty of treason. As Rothkopf says, “Of course, every effort he makes to prove he’s not one step away from melting into a bubbling orange puddle seems to make it clear he’s losing it.” He points out that prominent Republicans are defecting at a rapid clip, former loyalists are willing to stand up to The Donald, with several speaking out against Trump’s opposition to extending health subsidies, and the courts have shot down many of his cases — most noteworthy being the James Comey and Letitia James retribution fabrications.

Trump is losing at the ballot box, suggesting that he is now electoral poison. The economy is floundering. Deficits are exploding. Tariffs are unpopular. His inhumane and draconian immigration crackdowns are alienating many, and his foreign policy has alienated allies and empowered adversaries. His overt corruption, his grifting, and catering to billionaires at the expense of our citizens is driving a tangible backlash — not to mention opinion regarding his mega-ballroom and turning the Oval Office into a gilded ‘Nawlins-looking bawdy-house. As Rothkopf says, a common view held by over 40% of Americans, is that humans and dinosaurs coexisted, making it likely that Fred and Wilma Flintstone live alongside their pet snorkasaurus — a larger percentage than those who believe Trump’s lies that he has made America the hottest economy in the world. Even so, it’s worth mentioning that when he wishes to placate his base he moves to attack science-based policies such as vaccines or climate change.

Rothkopf ends his piece with: “What those of us who do believe in empirical facts can see that the president and his movement are in deep trouble. They are entering uncharted territory in which even some of the most gullible among us are no longer buying what our president is selling. That is not to say Trump and MAGA have no future. Their presence will likely be felt by most of us for years to come, like a shiver down our collective spine. And that’s not just because something like 60% of Americans believe in ghosts.

Andrew Egger points out in The Bulwark that the House passed a bill overturning a Trump executive order stripping union protection from some federal workers, a bill that began as a petition circulated by Democratic Representative Jared Golden of Maine. This was a slap in the face for House Speaker Johnson who has been able, up to now, to keep things clicking away for Trump. Only now is he being seen in the spot where many expected him to be from day one — a weak speaker who leads a fractious party who basically ignores him to do what they wish. Egger brings up the pessimistic assessments of party members who see a “looming disaster” headed their way, “facing certain defeat,” and “going down hard.” He says those statements would be expected from disgruntled GOP operatives outside of MAGA, but coming from Joe Gruters, a die-hard Trumper and chair of the RNC, expounding on conservative radio is pretty crazy.

Gruters isn’t throwing Trump under the bus with his statements; rather, he is making a specific case to the party, that, “The only person that could bring the nose up and help us win is the president of the United States, Donald J. Trump.” Predicting doom risks further depressing GOP voters and encourages office holders to retire early, and it is far from clear who the party needs to step up to get elected, repairing their predicament. In speaking to swing-state GOP operatives, they told Egger bluntly that it isn’t the historical mid-term dilemma facing them, it is the world that Trump has built for them in competing for public office. One operative said, “His message sucks. It’s absolute trash. Nobody believes the economy and particularly affordability is getting better.

Another strategist feels Republicans will be in particularly bad shape in ’26 because Trump demands that they stay loyal to him. Past presidents have accepted some disrespect, or strategic distancing, simply to have congressional majorities without enforcing personal purity tests — hardly what Donald Trump wants. This panic has led Republicans to take steps to get the president to at least change his messaging, and treat affordability as a major concern. As he headed to Pennsylvania last week for a speech purporting to focus on that topic, he revealed that he had been advised not to call it a hoax — contrary to his earlier statements. “I can’t call it a hoax, because they’ll misconstrue that,” he said. Trump still maintains that he inherited the “worst inflation in history,” but ‘tariff’ is still his favorite word, with that commitment creating the headaches we now suffer.

The GOP can only grit their teeth, cross their fingers and hope against hope that the economy will improve down the line. One of the GOP operatives interviews stated, “This isn’t going to get any better unless he either, one, shuts off the tariffs and starts a real economic turnaround, or two — well, I don’t know what two is — the GOP is looking at a very rough midterm.” So the party isn’t looking for a number three, obviously! After The Bulwark published their story, RNC spokesperson Kiersten Pels commented that The Bulwark is a bunch of shameless hacks, and that, “Republicans will defy history because of President Trump and the successful policies of the America First movement.” And number three is…?

Amie Parnes writes in The Hill that public interest lies in a third party for both Republicans and Democrats as well as those who didn’t vote in the ’24 presidential election, according to a survey released by Voto Latino. The number three we are looking for? Last month’s survey revealed that 9% of US respondents were open to a third party candidate for the next presidential election. Of those who did vote last year, 7% voiced support for a third-party candidate, with voters across party lines being concerned that both parties are doing a poor job — 45% pointing fingers at the Dems, and 50% frowning at the GOP. A majority also said both parties have become too extreme, the Democrats too liberal or progressive, with Republicans being too conservative or right wing. “Neither party is cutting it,” says Maria Teresa KumarCEO of Voto Latino. She felt that Biden’s economic agenda was headed in the right direction but didn’t translate fast enough to benefit local economies.

Kumar accuses the Democrats of trying to sell a poverty agenda — not what Americans want to hear, and Trump’s success at selling “a false good” only resulted in inflation, inviting criticism of his unaffordable tariff hikes. The poll also revealed that Black and Latino respondents had skipped meals to conserve money reserves. Both groups also indicated that side jobs, or side hustles, were important in making ends meet. “It’s a tremendous opportunity to come up with a thriving economic agenda. Now is the time to think really big and offer voters something,” said Kumar. She pointed to the winning campaigns of SpanbergerSherrill and Mamdami, who did “a good job” of speaking about economic issues and seeing voters where they are. “There’s no other place but to go up. People stay home because there’s nothing to go vote for,” Kumar concludes.

As America looks forward to abandonment of our healthcare by the Trump administration, and his lackey Robert Kennedy, Jr.’s Make America Unhealthy Again thrust, satirist Andy Borowitz has come up with a perfect solution: “After decades of anticipation, on Monday congressional Republicans finally unveiled their healthcare plan, urging all Americans who seek coverage to move to Canada. ‘Under this plan, the American people will gain full access to the doctors, hospitals, and medications they deserve,’ House Speaker Mike Johnson declared. ‘They just need to wear lots of layers.’ The proposal drew widespread support from Americans, a majority asserting that they had already considered implementing such a plan since January of this year. But it sparked a strong pushback from Canadians, who called on Prime Minister Carney to build a wall.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

“Nuggets”. If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it here.

One of the major sources of information in Clark’s book is maps. The list runs from p. 514-533. This week’s topic is first entry is sourced from one: “Map: USGS:29-38, BRA (1890) as Big Trees.” There are also several historical maps actually reproduced in the body of the book itself, one of which (the “hand” map, p. 300) I’ll feature in an upcoming column. I love maps–the hallway outside my bedroom as a kid was covered, from one end to the other, two full walls, in maps of all sorts, but primarily National Geographic maps. I spent endless hours looking at them. As a result, I could name every state and state capital (sadly, the latter has escaped the confines of long term memory), and every country in the world (as of roughly 1970).

Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, better, buy a copy of the book!

This week’s selection is topical, albeit indirectly. Big Trees, the location, not the railroad. I’m sure longtime residents of the area won’t be surprised by this, but when Santa Cruz County Place Names was written, the Big Trees and Pacific Railway (as distinct from the amusement park, now called Roaring Camp) had just been founded (in 1985) after owner Norman Clark (who died shortly thereafter at the age of 50, according to his obituary in the Los Angeles Times) formed a syndicate to purchase the tracks and right of way from Santa Cruz to Olympia from Southern Pacific Railroad, and the excursion trains were not yet running. The author even speculates about it running regular passenger and freight service. What a concept. How revolutionary.

More on the fascinating history of Roaring Camp railroad from Santa Cruz Trains: “Railroads: Roaring Camp & Big Trees Narrow Gauge Railroad” (Friday, September 14, 2018), and Big Trees itself: “Stations: Big Trees” (Friday, September 21, 2018)

Enjoy, and see you next week!
~Thomas

While there were and are many large, tall examples of Sequoia sempervirens to be found in the county, one particular area took on the name Big Trees. This is the area just south of Felton, along the San Lorenzo River, at the northern limits of Rancho la Cañada del Rincon en el Rio San Lorenzo de Santa Cruz. Also known as Felton Big Trees.

Here, two separate resorts and a railroad station were developed; each bearing the name Big Trees.

  1. The first, to become known as Welchs Big Trees, or Welchs Big Tree Grove, was started by Joseph Warren Welch who bought a 350 acre tract in 1867 and developed a park that at various times included a boarding house, saloon, store, and an outdoor dancing platform and other amenities that made it a popular resort. In 1930 Welch’s son sold the property to the County of Santa Cruz for a local park which became known as Santa Cruz County Big Trees Park or County Big Trees
    Park.

  2. The second, to become known as Cowells Big Trees, was created just south of Welchs Big Trees, separated by a fence. It was owned by the Cowell family. Here, around 1895, they also developed a resort with cabins, a coffee shop, and a gift shop. The resort was later leased to Milo Hopkins. “Hopkins, who also ran two Santa Cruz Livery stables, would meet the trains in Santa Cruz with a tallyho and drive the tourists up the San Lorenzo to the big trees…. Later it was taken over by a son, George Hopkins. It was closed in 1942.”–Koch (1979, p.129). Naturally, this resort was also known as Hopkins Big Trees.

    In August 1954, Samuel H. Cowell gave the State of California 1,623 acres including what had been known as Cowells Big Trees) as aFriday, September 21, 2018) memorial for his father. At that time Santa Cruz County Big Trees Park was combined with the Cowell gift to form Henry Cowell Redwoods State Park. For more about Henry Cowell see Cowell Ranch.

  3. A former railroad “station.” In 1879 when the South Pacific Coast Railroad entered the area, the railroad established a station to serve both resorts and named it Big Trees.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Holidays”

“I once wanted to become an atheist, but I gave up – they have no holidays.”
~Henny Youngman

“Our kids are not Jewish, and they’re not Catholic. They’re not Episcopalian. They’re not Buddhist. They’re not anything. We do all the holidays to keep the traditions and the culture going, but I truly don’t have a great feeling about any particular organized religion, and I don’t think it’s right to impose one on my kids.”
~Rhea Perlman

“I celebrate everyone’s religious holidays. if it’s good enough for the righteous, it’s good enough for the self-righteous, I always say.”
~Bette Midler

“I love holidays. Even the worst experience is worth having.”
~Tara Fitzgerald

“I’ve got two young children, so holidays are not the same as they used to be. There are now two types: family holidays and holidays you need from that holiday.”
~Diego Luna

I don’t know about you, but I’ve felt somewhat wiped out for *a while* now. This kind of stuff helps!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

December 10 – 16, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… Bridge to nowhere… Hayes… out this week… Patton… Fork it Over… Matlock… pacifier bling…red card…bagging the cat…a next time?…Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… our sixth sense, as per science… Quotes on… “Late”

...

THE ORIGINAL SANTA CRUZ FISHERMAN’S WHARF circa 1910. You can see the Sea Beach Hotel in the upper right hand corner. The fish were for local consumption and according to Sheila O’Hare and Irene Berry most of the fish were packed and shipped to San Francisco. That’s Louis Perez on the left and the boy facing the camera is Stephen Ghio, who died two years after this photo was taken.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: December 10, 2025

NEW BIO. It dawned on me that all our contributors have a byline, with the exception of Sarge, our intrepid movie reviewer. I figured out why… it’s because he took over from Bruce, and Bruce didn’t need a separate byline 🙂

We have now remedied this oversight, and Sarge has a byline. It includes his email address, in case you want to send him a suggestion or ask him a question or just say hi.

This week was super late, but next week shouldn’t be. See you in a few days!

~Webmistress

...

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek with a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries, and who loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

She is busy with tree appeals, but we’ll hear from Gillian again soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
FARM PARK BRIDGE TO NOWHERE IS NOW SURPLUS

The County has decided to auction off a 180′ bridge to nowhere that County taxpayers spent $97,312 to aquire…after letting it sit in the backyard of the Hardin and Tee Street Community for 10 years…rusting away.

Many years ago, County Parks Dept. got a “good deal on a bridge” intended to be installed in The Farm Park in Soquel.  It was not at all the “foot bridge” that then-County Supervisor John Leopold promised the people who had attended the public meetings about the Park plan would be installed.  But one day, a huge truck and crane delivered the large segments without notice, and there the massive segments of the “Bridge to Nowhere” have sat, posing a public nuisance for illicit parties and drug dealing, as well as a fire and safety hazard…not to mention a big eye-sore.

I recently contacted Supervisor Koenig’s office to ask about the possible use of the bridge as a temporary bike/pedestrian bridge for the Murray Street Bridge access problem.  His Analyst responded that the Farm Park Bridge is only 180′ long, not long enough to span the 355′ width needed for the Murray Bridge span. However, she copied Deputy Parks Director Rebecca Hurley for my questions about the status of the Farm Bridge, who in turn  promptly responded that the Parks Dept. had determined the Farm Bridge was no longer needed there and would be surplused. 

Well, on Tuesday, December 16, the Board of Supervisors will formally approve the rusting behemoth to be auctioned to the highest bidder. (see text of Consent Item #29 below) 

I am surprised it is not handed over to Public Works for emergency bridge use, such as what could have been done on Valencia Road in Aptos when the culvert collapsed and forced Valencia Elementary School students to be sent out to various locations until the expensive culvert replacement project got done.   Federal aid for Valencia Road in Aptos requested  Oddly, a few weeks before the culvert collapsed, I had petitioned Pajaro Valley Unified School District to consider placing the bridge over Valencia Creek to serve as an emergency connector to the School from Soquel Drive.  The School administrator rejected the idea, saying they were not in the business of building or maintaining bridges.  Hmmm…I often wonder if they would now reconsider????


The neighborhood residents have borne the burden of monitoring public safety and enduring a great public nuisance.

Here is the Staff Report for Consent Item #29 on the 12/16/2025 Board agenda:

Executive Summary
The Department of Parks, Open Space and Cultural Services (Parks Department) has determined that the bridge from Farm Park is surplus to the County’s needs.
Discussion
The bridge is an 180′ span by 10′ wide prefabricated steel truss bridge. It was originally installed over Coyote Creek in Sante Fe Springs, California. The bridge was purchased as a cost-effective way to span the ravine at the Farm Park site, 5555 Soquel Dr, Soquel, CA 95073.

The County Board of Supervisors (Board) authorized the Parks Department to purchase the bridge for $97,312 on November 10, 2015. The bridge has remained on site awaiting installation.

In Spring 2025, the Parks Department issued a request for proposals to structural engineering firms to determine the structural integrity, suitability and any further remediation measures that would be required for bridge installation. The proposal received was $62,782.50. This amount, for assessment only, exceeds the anticipated budget for the park. The Parks Department has determined that the installation of the bridge is no longer viable option for the park.

The Parks Department is requesting that the Board declare the items listed as surplus property. This item is no longer required for County operations, has reached the end of its useful life, or is otherwise unsuitable for continued use by County departments. Pursuant to County Purchasing Procedures, surplus property may be disposed of through public auction, sale, donation to local non-profit agencies, or other methods authorized by the Purchasing Agent. Items with an estimated value over $5,000 require formal Board action to be declared surplus before disposition.

Department Description Asset
POSCS Bridge Tag #1911521617 
Condition: Obsolete 
Est. Value: >$5,000 
Disposal Method: Donation
This action addresses the Parks Strategic Plan goals of 1. Great Facilities and 4. Effective Stewardship.

Supervisor Koenig recently stated in his Newsletter that “Personally, I’m ready to see this absurd train proposal permanently put to rest in the annals of “Santa Cruz’s Dumbest Ideas.” First District Supervisor Manu Koenig
Personally, I think the Farm Park Bridge should headline that category.   

What do you think the County should do with the $97,312 “Bridge to Nowhere” that is now determined “surplus” and will go to a bidder for $5,000….maybe?
 
HELLO? CAN ANYBODY HEAR ME?
This could be what goes out over the air waves when the new $28 Million radio system that the Board of Supervisors approved last Tuesday, December 9.  Against the advice of the Santa Cruz County Fire Chiefs Association, the Board approved the contract that will allow encryption of law enforcement radio communication, at a cost of $202/radio/month.  

The problem will be that CalFire will NOT be using these expensive radios that operate on a different band frequency.  Neither will Santa Cruz County Fire Dept. (CSA 48) which includes all areas not within the formalized fire districts such as Central Fire, or the City fire districts in Watsonville, Santa Cruz and Scotts Valley.  Neither will emergency responders coming in from other areas to help in large disasters or to back-fill for fire agencies that have gone out of the County on large emergencies (think of the 2020 CZU Fire and 2025 LA Fire).

When this problem was raised during public testimonies, the County Administrative Officer staff Ms. Benson replied that it will “all connect together with a switch of a knob on the radios.”  Yikes.  

Radio expert friends of mine are extremely worried that all will be chaos in 2029 when the new system arrives…and the $28 Million to pay for it somehow appears in the County’s overdrafted coffers.  

The smaller fire districts already struggling to pay for responders full time will suffer tremendous financial hardship and may not be able to afford opting in on the Countywide system. (see anticipated fire agencies expense chart on page 5):
REGIONAL INTEROPERABLE NEXT-GENERATION (RING) RADIO SYSTEM

Zayante Fire District  $965,634
Felton Fire District    $712,353
Boulder Creek Fire District  $933,974
Ben Lomond Fire District  $854,823
Central Fire District     $3,166,012

Ask your County Supervisor if this is wise and to explain how CalFire responders will be able to hear anybody else working on large emergency events in our County.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

Cheers and Happy Winter Solstice,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Grey will be back next week!

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Saturday, December 6, 2025

In a New York Times article published on October 31, 2025, Patricia Cohen explored the idea that we might “tax the rich,” and impose a “tax on wealth,” as inequality has widened and as government debt has risen. Cohen points out that this is not really a new idea, and that a tax on wealth was actually imposed by colonists in Massachusetts, in the 1600’s, prior to the establishment of our current government as a democratic republic. The idea of a wealth tax continues to be discussed. Click the link below to read what Cohen has to say. Cohen’s article in The Times is titled, “Should A Wealth Tax Compel The Rich To Fork Some Over?

I, personally, think that our elected representatives should, in fact, both explore and implement a tax on what Senator Bernie Sanders calls the “billionaire class,” and specifically enact a tax on “wealth.” I would like to suggest to anyone reading this that any such action would not, in fact, be an illegitimate way to use our collective political power – and should not be characterized as taking something away from those who have legally “earned it,” to provide benefits for people who have done nothing to deserve them. In other words, I would like to persuade anyone reading this blog posting that a responsible tax on wealth is neither unfair nor unjustifiable.

I often say in my blog postings that we are “in this together.” If we are – and I think it is clear that this is absolutely true – that means that we will all either live (or die) together. Accepting that premise means that our government is not only empowered to address our common problems, and our common possibilities, but that this, in fact, is the fundamental reason for establishing our government in the first place. Our government has been established to take any appropriate action to accomplish what our democratically-elected representatives decide will benefit the nation as a whole, and this can certainly include a “tax on wealth,” as long as no provision of the United States Constitution is being violated by any such governmental action.

“Taxes,” including taxes on property, and taxes on income – and lots of other taxes, too – have been challenged as “unconstitutional,” and have, after such challenge, been found to pass constitutional muster. Claims have been made that a person’s income or property belongs solely to the person who is earning, or who has earned (or inherited) that income or property, and that letting the government take away something of value that is owned by someone, to benefit others who didn’t do anything to contribute to the property or income being taxed, is not really “fair,” and is prohibited by the Constitution. Such claims have been rejected by the courts.

Of course, what is constitutionally permissible can only be put into practice if our elected representatives vote to do so. Lots of people don’t think that a “tax on wealth” would be fair, or would be a good thing, as a matter of policy, and so the elected representatives of the people may well choose not to enact a “wealth tax.” In fact, in general, it is pretty hard to get elected officials at any level of government to “raise taxes,” because so many people believe that doing that would not be fair (in general, and to them, specifically).

However, what if a majority of our elected officials did decide that it would be appropriate to enact a tax on wealth? Presumably, the elected officials doing that wouled be representing a majority of the population, who elected them – but any such tax would, of course, be controversial, and there would undoubtedly be lots of “compromises,” to arrive at a specific program to “tax wealth” that a majority of the elected officials would support.

So far, this discussion has really been by way of background. Let’s address the proposition that the majority of us should demand that our elected representatives take action to establish some sort of system that would require “the “wealthy” (which we would have to define, specifically, of course) to “fork some over,” and to provide some part of their wealth to be used to benefit the public generally, and specifically to benefit others who are not wealthy.

Frequently, any proposition to do something like this is called “socialism” by opponents, or even “communism,” with these labels intended to suggest that taxing “wealth” would be contrary to everything we have always “believed in,” here in the United States, and that taxing wealth would contradict everything that has “made this country great.” Opposition to Zohran Mamdani, just recently elected as the Mayor of New York City, revolved around this very debate. Mamdani wants to fund projects (like free busses, and free childcare) that can only be funded if those who are “wealthy” are required to “fork some over.” A very significant majority of the voters in New York City decided that they liked the idea. So, is that idea “fair”?

I would like to advance a single example, to discuss the “fairness” issue, but one that is well-known by almost everyone who lives in the United States of America – if not everyone who lives everywhere else in the world, too. I speak, here, of Amazon, and of Jeff  Bezos, a billionaire who is credited with inventing what has turned out to be an incredibly profitable business – online commerce. According to Wikipedia, Bezos is “the third richest person in the world.” As an incidental comment, let me say that while Jeff Bezos is given the credit for inventing and advancing Amazon, as though he did it all by himself, I think that much credit is also due to Bezos’ former wife, MacKenzie Scott. Because of the success of Amazon, Scott is also very wealthy, but unlike her former husband, MacKenzie Scott is taking steps to give her money away. She is already “forking some over.” Jeff Bezos won’t do that, though, unless we pass a tax law to make him contribute.

Let’s stipulate that Bezos is properly the individual most responsible for the development of Amazon and its fantastically profitable business – though not forgetting my shout-out to MacKenzie Scott helping to come up with the idea, and then expanding and developing it into the monumental and hugely profitable enterprise it is today. Bezos got rich! He deserved it!

But who else has contributed to the immense success of Amazon, and has thus contributed to the wealth that Amazon has produced? Amazon employess have, of course – and it’s my impression that many (not all) have been very well compensaged for their contributions. But what about YOU? You have, and I have, and everyone who has used Amazon has contributed to the wealth that Amazon has produced. Amazon is a pretty clear example of the general truth that it is not only those who own a business who help make that business economically profitable. Those who patronize the business do so, too.

Bezos (and MacKenzie Scott) deserve to be richly rewarded for their creativity, and hard work – as do all those others who have helped make it a success – creating something truly new, and making a fundamental change in our commercial world. But we really are “in this together,” and no such success would exist without us – we who patronize Amazon!

Consider the word “commonwealth,” which the dictionary tells us means “a nation, state, or other political unit.” Our wealth, here in the United States of America, really is, in the end, and when we think about it, created “in common.”

We are, in fact, and not just theoretically, “in this together,” and that means that it is wholly proper and “fair” for us to decide how best to mobilize the wealth of the nation to benefit all those who are and have been involved in its prosperity.

There is nothing “unfair” about taxing the wealth of the wealthiest people in the world in order to make them to “fork some over” to provide health, education, and welfare for those who live here, too.

We are “all in this together,” remember. We really are!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
GROVELING IN FIFA BLOAT, YMCA, FUN, WON, DONE!

Cities with Democratic Party mayors have been on President Trump’s enemies list for a considerable amount of time, with one of his threats being withdrawal of the June 2026 World Cup matches from their locales. But rather than push back or intervene in any way, the International Federation of Association Football (FIFA) has chosen to offer The Don a pacifier in the form of a specially created peace prize medal for “making the world a safer place.” The pathetic looking gold bling was awarded by FIFA president, Gianni Infantino, in the bootlicking ceremony held at the Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, commenting that Trump had been selected “in recognition of his exceptional and extraordinary actions to promote peace and unity around the world.” This was yet another attempt, as we have witnessed over the past year, in which other major institutions, companies, and prominent individuals have bent over backwards in a transparent effort to gain favor and purchase themselves immunity from either Trump’s political retribution or criminal prosecution — an embarrassing new low for FIFA.

As Daily Dose of Democracy’s post reads, “One of the world’s most corrupt sports organizations decided to create a participation Nobel Peace Prize to give to Donald.” Dave Braneck of Jacobin writes, “There’s a lot to dislike about the FIFA World Cup. A bloated forty-eight-team tournament spanning all of North America would be tough to pull off in the best of conditions. FIFA openly ripping off fans and charging thousands for tickets ensures that it’ll be, at base, and ugly cash grab. But there are also ills facing fans such as the United States’ immigration regime, roaming National Guard deployments throughout the country’s urban landscapes, and disconcertingly persistent threats to move match venues at President Trump’s whim. The world’s biggest sporting event will have one of its most authoritarian backdrops yet. FIFA president Infantino has responded to concerning developments in the cohost country the same way he responds to despots the world over — shameless groveling.” Braneck asks, “What could be unserious about an award presented ‘on behalf of the billions of people who love this game and want peace?‘”

He goes on to say that Trump was so “jazzed” about “one of the great honors of his life,” that he even stayed awake long enough to graciously accept it. The medal ceremony was squeezed into the formal World Cup draw, providing a bit of levity in the boring lead-in to the tourney proceedings and furnishing a look at “Trump’s authoritarian lurches and FIFA’s sycophancy.” Braneck concludes, “Faced with all this, fans need to exert their power before a terrible World Cup renders the game fully unrecognizable.” Tournaments in previous years faced more criticisms than the upcoming events, those being held in Russia and Qatar, and instead of getting pushbacks fans simply asked with a bemused, “can you believe this crap?” Sports bars in Germany even refused to show the matches on their TVs for the clientele. While Trump doesn’t seem particularly concerned with how he’s perceived prior to the upcoming tournaments, it still is feared that he could continue his threats to Democrat-run cities after the kick-offs. VP Vance offers his comforting words about foreign visitors, “They’ll have to go home, otherwise they’ll have to talk to Secretary Kristi Noem.” Sure, if there IS a next time for her!

The anti-immigrant policies and a proliferation of masked ICE agents throughout the country aren’t especially welcoming, and many foreign fans will be unable to even consider attending FIFA matches — Iran and Haiti citizens are banned from entering the country, a disappointment for Haitians whose team has qualified for the first time in fifty years. FIFA’s Infantino has chosen not to mitigate the situation, lauding his great relationship with Trump and prompting him to book the Village People as ‘entertainment‘ for the World Cup draw to please our brutish president. California’s Governor Newsom mocked FIFA’s ‘peace prize’ award, calling it a participation trophy that means little. However, Newsom’s press team piled on as they reimagined a rendering of a medallion, inscribed ‘If You Had Fun, You Won!‘ — accompanied with a cartoonish and smiling gold star.

Basking in the flood of flattery from InfantinoTrump commented that the sport of American football needs to change its name to allow the current terminology of ‘soccer’ be changed to ‘football’ to replicate that of its global counterparts. “When you think about it, shouldn’t it really be called, I mean, this is football, there’s no question about it. We have to come up with another name. It really doesn’t make sense when you think about it. This is really football.” Got that? Maybe we can call it Kennedyball since that name will soon be discarded at the Kennedy Center…or how about Donnyball…or perhaps Pardonsball? Count on the prez to come up with a self-congratulatory honorific.

After Trump appointed himself chairman of the board at DC’s Kennedy Center, dismissing all Biden appointees, he had no qualms giving FIFA exclusive use of the Center’s Concert Hall for the World Cup draw from November 24 to December 12, reportedly allowing the organization use of the prestigious center for the week. A leaked copy of the FIFA contract involves no rental fees for its use, which was offset by a $2.4 million donation and $5 million in sponsorship opportunities, for a total of $7.4 million for the Center, with FIFA covering event operational costs and security. This deal disrupted Kennedy Center programming, drawing the ire of Senate Democrats for potentially sacrificing millions in revenue for favorable political optics. It should be pointed out that the Center provided staff, utilities, and basic services at its own cost.

Eleanor Clift of The Daily Beast suggests it’s time someone red-carded Donald Trump. She reports that The Concert Hall, which seats 2,465, has been repurposed for the main event, with the Eisenhower Theatre serving as an overflow hall, and that the Roof Terrace Restaurant was reserved for a ‘VVIP‘ dinner. FIFA team seminars were held in the Terrace Theatre, along with a broadcast compound and a media center. A ‘green carpet’ will welcome arrivals, and a few fortunates will have access to a ‘Legends Lounge‘ to meet soccer greats and sports admirers from the Trump world who are lucky enough to be granted access to the inner sanctum.

Democratic Senator Sheldon Whitehouse, ex-officio member of the Kennedy Center’s board and ranking member on the Environment and Public Works (EPW) committee, which oversees all public buildings owned by the government, last month launched a ‘cronyism and corruption‘ investigation into the center’s management under former ambassador Germany Ric Grenell, a Trump choice. The Senator is demanding cost estimates to show the impact of the FIFA accommodations, asserting that contracts and invoices reveal the center is being used as “a playground for the President of the United States and is allies,” and is “being looted to the tune of millions of dollars…an unprecedented pattern of self-dealing, favoritism and waste.” Whitehouse alleges the FIFA event amounts to over $5 million in losses, amid broader reputational suffering and declining sales. Eleanor Clift writes that FIFA is the big winner, gaining prestige cost-free, and Trump is a winner as well, gaining a trophy, and wheeling and dealing to one of the world’s biggest sports events. “But he’s also scoring a goal by reducing a world-famous venue for the arts to another crassly branded saloon.

According to CNN, ticket sales to this season’s ‘The Nutcracker‘ are down by 33% compared to tickets sales seen in 2002 through 2024, echoing problems of other productions since the Trump takeover. Even with a sellout on the ‘Nutcracker,’ production costs would outweigh revenue from ticket sales, and other productions have been cancelled due to the imposition of a new policy requiring all performances to ‘break even,’ or from artists resigning their leadership roles for previously scheduled events — ‘Hamilton‘ being a notable cancellation. Broadway productions touring schedules are eliminating Kennedy Center as a venue, and with Trump’s board of trustees vetting performers for their gender identities, the Center is not viewed as a safe venue.

As the Daily Dose of Democracy blog reports, “the cat’s out of the bag on our vainglorious nincompoop-in-chief’s lates pathetic move to deify himself. Having already gone to great lengths to destroy the reputation and prestige of America’s preeminent performing arts center, the MAGA cult leader ‘accidentally’ let slip just what he has in store next. During a speech at the US Institute of Peace yesterday, which he had his name slapped on earlier this week, Trump said with a chuckle, ‘You have a big event on Friday at the Trump-Kennedy Center — op, excuse me. The Kennedy Center. Pardon me, such a terrible mistake.’ Donald’s constant need for praise and validation is without parallel, and he’s not about to leave the myth-making and memorializing to posthumous chance. SAD!

In renaming the above-mentioned Institute of Peace building, adding the ‘Trump‘ monicker, the White House called it “a powerful reminder of what strong leadership can accomplish for global stability.” Or, as Robert Reich termed it, “It’s a reminder of what a strong malignant narcissist can accomplish when untethered from reality.” The absurdity of renaming the Institute building and FIFA’s medal award are part of Trump’s effort to get the Nobel Peace Prize to keep up with President Obama. He sees himself as a valid candidate despite his declaration of war against Venezuela, sans congressional approval, and for allowing SecDef Pete Hegseth to blow over 80 people to kingdom come for ‘drug smuggling‘ — or using the incorrect bait on their fishing equipment, perhaps. Did Vladimir Putin’s flattery, for ending their war against Ukraine, persuad Trump to allow takeover of Ukrainian territory? That must count for something — if we ignore son-in-law Jared Kushner’s wheeling and dealing for business deals with Putin.

Reich asks, “Peace Prize? Please. Trump is taking credit for achieving ‘peace’ between nations that weren’t even at war. According to Alfred Nobel’s will, the Peace Prize is awarded to the person who in the preceding year ‘shall have done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.’ Nobel’s will further specified that the prize be awarded by a committee of five people chosen by the Norwegian Parliament. Memo to Norwegian Parliament and the Nobel committee: No president in American history deserves the Nobel Peace Prize less than does Donald J. Trump.

In the midst of his myth-making efforts, Trump recently mused about his eternal fate during a White House news conference when asked about about the ‘America Prays‘ initiative which “invites America’s great religious communities to pray for our nation and for our people” as we approach next year’s semiquincentennial. Trump is quoted as saying, “You know, there’s a reason to be good,” and he wants to be good to prove to God that he deserves a heavenly reward. He seems to be preoccupied with the afterlife of late, especially after his close call on the campaign trail in ButlerPennsylvania last year; and, he told Fox News he has anxiety about gaining entry to heaven upon his demise since “I hear I’m really at the bottom of the totem pole.” He feels he was saved from death by assassination to carry out his ultimate mission of saving America, which prompted him to make yet another appeal to his faithful — ‘send  cold, hard cash to help get the job done.‘ The grift is great, the grift is GOOD!

Satirist Andy Borowitz was inspired to fantasize Trump’s reaction upon the death of Dick Cheney: “Donald J. Trump boasted that his funeral would draw a ‘much bigger crowd’ than former Vice President Dick Cheney’s. ‘Dick Cheney, who was a loser and a terrible person, will be lucky to get a thousand people at this funeral,’ Trump posted on Truth Social. ‘My funeral will draw MILLIONS!’ Remarking that ‘nobody cares’ about Cheney’s funeral, Trump said he expects the turnout at his funeral to set records, noting, ‘Every day, people say to me, ‘Sir, I can’t wait for that day to come.‘”

Lincoln Square’s Rick Wilson speculates about what happens when ‘that day‘ comes in his piece entitled ‘When Trump Dies.‘ He writes, “Every aging dictator, every long-in-the-tooth autocrat, every once-terrifying strongman eventually feels the cold hand of Death reaching out to tap them on the shoulder and whisper, ‘It’s time.‘” Wilson says that we all understand mortality, but we should consider what comes after that tap on the shoulder with the collapse of systems built around that leader. The entire structure that pretended to be a unified movement reveals itself for what it was in actuality: a feeding frenzy for sycophants who think they were born to inherit the golden scepter. As for what happens in the post-Trump era, his daily outrages and excesses make succession the survivors unsolved problem. Reich concludes: “Autocrats are very good at seizing power and holding it. They are very bad at leaving it behind without blowing something up on the way out — personality cult regimes are especially fragile at succession because the leader spends his life eliminating rivals rather than training successors. Trump is not unique. He is just the latest in an ancient story.” What happens next will be ugly and dangerous.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

“Nuggets”

If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it here.

This week’s “nugget” is Researcher’s Anonymous: “[A]n informal group for people interested in the history of Santa Cruz County, California.” They meet on the second Saturday of every month, and have an extensive website devoted to the history of Santa Cruz, including a “More Place Names” page, where you can contribute an item that “fits the criteria the author used for inclusion in his book (see page xxi of the 2nd edition)”, but didn’t make it into either edition. There’s several entries on this page already, but I wouldn’t be surprised if some of you could add more.

This week’s selection is “Pajaro River” [p. 242-243]. As I said in my first piece, my intent is historical, not political, but at the same time, “the personal is political“, as the old saying goes, and one of the historical biases of this county has been the cultural and political dominance of “North County“, often to the detriment of “South County“, which not uncoincidentally, happens to be much more heavily populated by Latiné folk (for instance, Watsonville is 80%+ Latiné). Therefore, I’m going to try to spread the love around, and regularly feature items from across the county.

Pajaro (“bird” in Spanish) is a part of several other place names in Clark’s book, all deriving from the river’s name: “Pajaro Dunes”, “Pajaro Gap”, “Pajaro Landing”, “Pajaro Mouth”, “Pajaro Valley”, and even “Pajaro Valley Memorial Park Cemetery” (located on Hecker Pass Rd., north of Watsonville). Undoubtedly, his companion volume, “Monterey County Place Names”, lists many more (such as the town of Pajaro, which is in Monterey County). You may already be familiar with some of these place names, or from broader usage, for instance: “Pajaro Valley Unified School District“, “Pajaro Valley Pride” (for which I’ve volunteered in the past), and Watsonville’s local newspaper, “The Pajaronian“, but how many of you know the full story behind the name?

See also “A Brief History of the Pajaro River“. (some beautiful photographs in this article)

Enjoy, and see you next week!

     From the book, page 242:

One of two rivers in Santa Cruz County, Pajaro River rises in San Benito County and on its way to the Pacific it forms the boundary between San Benito and Santa Clara counties, and after passing the junction of Pescadero Creek it forms the boundary between Monterey and Santa Cruz counties.

DON GASPAR de PORTOLA and his party of sixty seven, on horseback en route from BAJA CALIFORNIA in search of MONTEREY BAY, halted near this spot, the site of an abandoned INDIAN VILLAGE, and then mistakenly pressed on northward to discover SAN FRANCISCO BAY.

FR. JUAN CRESPI made the following entry in his diary on October 8, 1769:

“We came to a large village, the fear of these poor creatures caused them to desert and burn it. We halted on the bank of the river. Not far from the burned village, which was near its very verdant and pleasant plain, full of cottonwoods, alder, live oaks and other species not known to us. We saw in this place a bird which the heathen had killed and stuffed with grass. To some of our party it looked like a royal eagle. It was eleven palms from tip to tip of its wings. For this reason the soldiers called the stream RIO del PAJARO”

This historical marker placed by the COUNTY OF SANTA CRUZ and the CITY OF WATSONVILLE and the SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BICENTENNIAL COMMISSION, October 8, 1969

The plaque, adjacent to Baker Bridge over the Pajaro River, cuts the last sentence short. Crespi, in his diary, wrote: “For this reason the soldiers called the stream Rio del Pajaro and I added the name of [Rio de] La Señora La Santa Ana.” Here is another case where a nickname (Rio del Pajaro, Pajaro River, “River of the bird”) given by the soldiers has outlasted the name bestowed by a priest (Rio de la Señora Santa Ana). Burton L. Gordon holds that the bird was a condor. « A blackbird with such a wingspread could hardly have been other than the California Condor.” – Gordon (1974 p.102).

Then there is this bit of folklore, published in the Santa Cruz Surf, December 8, 1887, which suggests two other possible sources for the name:

A friend, who has been reading in boom papers that Pajaro Valley was so named because of the abundance of birds here when the padres first visited it, says all published statements as to the origin of the name Pajaro are incorrect…. He …states that birds were not then anywhere near as plentiful here as in the Salinas valley, and hence there was no reason of that character for applying the name Pajaro.

He says (and he is a native of this country, a man born in the earlier part of the century, and who was well acquainted with the padres) that… in early days the Pajaro river was narrow and full of quicksands; that its crossing was extremely dangerous, and the Californians, in speaking of it would say that “it took a bird to cross it;” and that from this expression came its name.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Late”

“I have noticed that the people who are late are often so much jollier than the people who have to wait for them.”
~E. V. Lucas

“You cannot do a kindness too soon, for you never know how soon it will be too late.”
~Ralph Waldo Emerson

“The idea is to die young as late as possible.”
~Ashley Montagu

“You know when they have a fishing show on TV? They catch the fish and then let it go. They don’t want to eat the fish, they just want to make it late for something.”
~Mitch Hedberg

“Youth is when you’re allowed to stay up late on New Year’s Eve. Middle age is when you’re forced to.”
~Bill Vaughan

I feel like Bill and Ted… WHOOOOAAAAA, dude!!!!!!! This is some seriously fascinating stuff.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

December 3 – 9, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Important Tree Appeal on December 9… Steinbruner… Dec 5 last day for public comment on water… Hayes… Humans, Dogs, and Social Nature Patton… Some Recent Correspondence Matlock… permanent pause… project hate… detonation… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… the ubiquitous “Algorithm”… Thomas gives you… Place Name of the Week… Quotes on… “West Coast”

...

PACIFIC AND CHURCH STREETS. January 1952, 11:10 am. Good old Leask’s Department store, which they sold just before the 1989 earthquake. It’s now Urban Outfitters and formerly Regal’s, now Santa Cruz, Cinema 9. And of course, it was before Pacific Avenue was beautified into The Abbott Garden Mall.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: December 3, 2025

IT VARIES… Sometimes people ask me how long it takes me to put the column together, after I get sent the pieces from our intrepid contributors. All I can say is, “it varies”. There are days where I can get it out in 2 – 3 hours, and then there are time where I’ve worked on it all evening, and it’s 3am before I get the post up. Like today, lol!

I’m excited about our new feature, Santa Cruz Place Name of the Week. You’ll find it towards the bottom of the column – please do let me know what you think! You can email me at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com

With that, I’ll get out of the way. Enjoy this week’s pieces, and we’ll see you next week!

~Webmistress

...

MY NEXT GUEST NEEDS NO INTRODUCTION WITH DAVID LETTERMAN. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ****

If you’ve missed David Letterman since he left late night, he hasn’t gone far: he’s simply changed channels. My Next Guest Needs No Introduction on Netflix gives us Dave unfiltered, freed from network guardrails and sitting down for deep, intimate conversations with a carefully curated lineup of guests.

He launched the series in 2018 with Barack Obama, even joining Senator John Lewis for a walk across the bridge in Selma. Since then, he’s interviewed everyone from Volodymyr Zelenskyy and Miley Cyrus to Melinda Gates, Billie Eilish, and Ryan Reynolds – often in their own homes or creative spaces.

Unvarnished, thoughtful, and disarmingly honest, it’s a quietly addictive pleasure to watch.

~Sarge

WAKE UP, DEAD MAN – A KNIVES OUT MYSTERY. Netflix. Movie. (7.9 IMDb) ***-

The third Knives Out installment delivers another star-studded puzzle for Benoit Blanc (Daniel Craig), the ever-bemused Southern sleuth. This time he’s untangling the secrets of a tight-knit, affluent parish after their magnetic priest turns up dead in a classic locked-room setup.

The film takes a bit longer to get moving than its predecessors, but once the backstabbing – both figurative and literal – start flying, it sharpens nicely. Josh Brolin, Glenn Close, Thomas Haden Church, and Jeremy Renner anchor an excellent ensemble, each giving Blanc plenty of knots to pick apart.

A slightly slower burn, but still clever, stylish, and absolutely worth a watch.

~Sarge

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

...

December 1, 2025

Heritage Tree Appeal on December 9

The fate of these two redwood trees hangs on a vote of the Santa Cruz City Council on December 9th. The trees grow in front of the property at 401 Ingalls between Swift and Fair. The property was recently purchased, and the new owner wants the trees removed. The stated reasons are his claim that “the trees are destroying the utilities and the sidewalk.”

The city of Santa Cruz has a Heritage Tree Ordinance (HTO) as do the other cities in the county, ostensibly to protect and preserve trees of stature. The county’s ordinance is comparatively weak and offers some protection for “significant” trees only in the narrow coastal zone or designated habitat areas.

The current Santa Cruz Heritage Tree Ordinance was approved by a council majority in 1994 with the only votes in opposition from council members Rittenhouse and Coonerty. In 2013 individual parks commissioners and others made attempts to change the ordinance by expanding the criteria for allowable heritage tree removal, weakening the current removal criteria, and excluding entire species from protection. This weakened version of the ordinance, with zero environmental review was passed at its first reading by the entire city council comprised of Terrazas, Comstock, Lane, Mathews, Posner, Robinson, and Bryant. Fortunately, this attack on heritage tree protection caught the eye of the local environmental attorney firm of Wittwer Parkin who took up the case on behalf of Save Our Big Trees, a group I had formed early in the process. We won a resounding victory at the appellate level. The 2013 changes to the ordinance and to the criteria and standards for heritage tree removal were court ordered to be rescinded. It became a published case.

As we’ve seen at the national level, laws can be ignored and are only as strong as those who are charged with implementing them. Take for example the section of the HTO that states: “encourage and assure the continuation of quality community development whereby existing trees and shrubs are incorporated into any development and accorded proper maintenance and protection as part of the city’s urban forest.” (emphasis added). This protection of existing trees is cited in the Criteria and Standards Resolution by the oft-quoted criterion 1 (c) (3) that “a heritage tree can be removed only if a project design cannot be altered to accommodate the tree.” (emphasis added). I say oft quoted because it was referenced at every hearing to try to save the heritage magnolias and liquid ambars at Lot 4; referenced at the Workbench Clocktower project hearings to try to save the two redwoods; referenced at the hearings to try to save the 110-year-old Red Horse Chestnut at the current site of the Hyatt on Broadway. In every instance, the decision makers and staff ignored the law, ignored the public and the heritage trees were either cut down or in the case of the Clocktower redwoods, given six months grace to see whether they can be relocated. That decision has yet to be brought forward to council.

When I ask people how many heritage trees are cut down with permit each year in this thirteen square mile city, the guesses are around thirty or forty. When I correct the guesses with the city data of three hundred to four hundred, there are gasps of disbelief. As well we should be shocked. We have a HTO. We are a designated Tree City USA. We profess to value trees. We understand the vital role of big trees in carbon sequestration, so what is going wrong? The two redwoods at 401 Ingalls and the appeal I have filed under Save Our Big Trees on their behalf helps explain what is going wrong.

When I spotted the Tree Removal posting at 401 Ingalls and noted the due date for an appeal I first went to the Parks and Recreation office to review the file. I needed to learn the basis for the city’s granting of the heritage tree removal permit for the two trees. If there are sound reasons with good documentation for granting a tree removal permit that’s the end of the quest. In this case the file contained an independent arborist report that was replete with exaggerations to justify the trees’ removal. The claim that the sidewalk is being destroyed by the trees didn’t pass the straight face test. A plumbing engineer wrote that “the sewer and water lines are being compromised by the trees’ root systems” without providing any evidence. A cost estimate for rerouting the two lines was quoted at $76,000. In an email exchange with the new owner’s architect, the city arborist wrote, “I need a very defensible file. Thanks for helping me help you get through the scrutinized tree removal process.”

That was the complete file on which the tree removal permit was granted by the director of Parks and Recreation on the recommendation from his city arborist. I immediately paid the money and filed an appeal.

Much more has been added since then to pad that “defensible file.” However, despite all that, attributing any damage to the trees and the tree roots is still conjecture. A revealing statement from the property owner, who is in the process of expanding his solar business to this site is in his words, “the continued presence of the trees will prevent us from fully realizing our vision for this important community-oriented location.” In other words, the trees are in the way. Criterion 1 (c)(3) again ignored in this “tree removal process.”

I trust you will take the time to write a letter and attend the appeal hearing on Tuesday December 9th. By the time you read this, time will be short. The council agenda will be published, so you can see when the appeal is on the agenda. It is obvious that neither the law, the city staff nor so far, the city council will take a stand to protect more of our fast-disappearing heritage trees. That means it is up to us to speak for the trees.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

SPEAK UP ON STATE OF THE MIDCOUNTY AQUIFER BY DECEMBER 5

Public Comment Period

A 45-day public comment period is now open on the Draft CalGW Update 2025. All comments will be reviewed and will provide valuable feedback to DWR to improve the analysis, reporting, and access to California’s groundwater information.

Public comments can be emailed to CalGW@water.ca.gov and will be accepted through Friday, December 5, 2025.

The final version of CalGW Update 2025 is expected to be released in spring 2026

Please  consider asking to update Bulletin 118 to remove the Santa Cruz MidCounty Basin #003 from “Critical Overdraft” determination.  Here is why:

Recent analysis of the 2022 State Airborn Electromagnetic (AEM) analysis shows there is an increase in subterranean fresh water flow into the Monterey Bay area, indicating that the saltwater/freshwater interface supports the encouraging and positive change.

There never were any viable analyses to support the initial “critically overdrafted” determination.  I have filed multiple Public Records Act requests with the State’s water authorities for any and all reports and analyses of the MidCounty Basin to support an overdraft determination, and each time received the response that “There are no responsive records.”

The 2007 Soquel Creek Water District’s Urban Water Management Plan admitted the initial Bulletin 118 critical overdraft determination  “was classified as subject to critical conditions of overdraft. This finding, according to Bulletin 118-80, was “at the request of the City of Santa Cruz and a Supervisor of Santa Cruz County”.   

DWR revised Bulletin 118-80 again in 1992 and better defined the boundaries for Soquel Valley, Santa Cruz Purisima Formation Highlands and the Pajaro Valley Basins. It also cited that the Soquel-Aptos area was not subject to critical conditions of overdraft. This finding was primarily based on the Groundwater Management Program and Monitoring that was implemented by SqCWD in 1981. Bulletin 118 was most recently updated in 2003 and includes a written report and supplemental material consisting of individual hydrogeologic descriptions, maps, and GIS compatible data files of each delineated groundwater basin in California. Bulletin 118 (2003), however, still does not clearly and accurately describe the hydrogeologic conditions of the Soquel-Aptos area. “

Here is a link to the State Bulletin 2003 referred to in the document (see page 2):

Groundwater Level Trends
Purisima Formation Coastal water levels have declined in the central portion of the Soquel Creek Water District between about New Brighton Beach and Aptos Creek, notably in the Purisima A subunit where water levels have been near historic low and continuously below sea level during the drought periods of the late 1980s and early 1990s. Groundwater levels have since partially recovered such that they fluctuate seasonally above and below sea level (SCWD 2003).

Aromas Red Sands Groundwater levels throughout SCWD’s Aromas well field area remain above sea level. At one monitoring location at the southern end, coastal water levels were essentially at sea level until recently; presently, levels are about five feet above sea level (SCWD 2003).

Strangely, the MidCounty Groundwater Agency (MGA) Board refuses to conduct a second AEM analysis using the same flight lines as the 2017 analysis, even though the Board promised the State in the Groundwater Sustainability Plan that this would be done.

The Sustainability Plan stated that there would be a follow-up AEM evaluation conducted by the MGA in 2022. (page 27 and page 410)

5.1.1.4.5 Data Collection: Offshore Airborne Electromagnetics Geophysical Surveys In May 2017, the MGA successfully completed an offshore Airborne Electromagnetic (AEM) geophysical survey to assess groundwater salinity levels and map the approximate location of the saltwater/freshwater interface in the offshore groundwater aquifers. This important data will inform the assessment of the extent and progress of seawater intrusion into the Basin and the management responses. The MGA anticipates repeating the AEM survey on a five-year interval (2022) to identify movement of the interface and assess seawater intrusion. The estimated cost is presented in Table 5-1.

Santa Cruz Mid-County Groundwater Basin
GROUNDWATER SUSTAINABILITY PLAN
[pdf]

The State’s unorthodox AEM flight lines did not satisfy the MGA’s plan to repeat the 2017 AEM study to determine the whether the saltwater /freshwater interface had changed, and that would verify the extent of the saltwater intrusion issue in the Basin.

The MGA Executive Committee narrowed the focus of the comparison of the 2017 and 2022 analysis to only include the Seascape area, but should have included the shoreline flight patterns as well.

In effect, the Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) promise to the State and the people has not been fulfilled.

The GSP stated on page 406 that the MGA would budget $30,000 annually to accrue to the anticipated $150,000 cost of a new AEM study every five years.  Therefore, since the MGA did not conduct any AEM study in 2022 or since the 2017 initial AEM study, there is money available in the budget for a new AEM study that will comply with the terms of the GSP approved by the State and give a clear picture to the MGA and the public the status of the seawater intrusion.  The comparative analysis cost was $9,800.

I feel it is imperative that the MGA conduct a new AEM study, repeating the flight lines of the 2017 AEM study, before the PureWater Soquel Project and/or City ASR projects become operational in order to determine and verify the true effectiveness of the individual projects.

Otherwise, how would the MGA be able to scientifically verify any beneficial impacts on the seawater intrusion well project component that has been significantly funded with public monies?

I feel it is imperative that Montgomery & Associates  consultants have this critical data to accurately inform the modeling work those consultants are doing for the grant-funded Water Optimization Analysis work that appears to be on-going and will be critical to effective and efficient operation of the PureWater Soquel Project and the City of Santa Cruz’s ASR work.

I have made this request at the three past meetings of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board.  However, the Board  is dismissive and refuses to answer any of my questions.  I have repeatedly requested that the MGA immediately fund a new AEM study that will follow the 2017 flight lines because it is critical that the work commence this year and before any of the PureWater Soquel Project’s  three injection wells become operational.

Maybe if you ask the State Dept. of Water Resources, they will help the Board listen.  We can only hope.

WHAT IS GOING ON HERE?

I attended the November 18, 2025 Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisor meeting regarding the County’s Draft BESS Ordinance (Item #11).  I heard the  Board state that the amended Ordinance would be revisited on or before the second meeting in March, 2026.  
 
I heard County Counsel Heath say it would not be productive to rush the amended Ordinance.  I  heard Planner Stephanie Hansen state that her staff would require three months.  I heard Supervisor Cummings request the amended Ordinance return in March.  The County Counsel repeated “by the second week of March” at the conclusion.  
 
After that lengthy discussion, the public was left with the understanding that we would hear the amended Ordinance in March.
 
However, the very next day, “LookOut Santa Cruz” published a report, quoting County PIO Jason Hoppin that the issue will be on the January 13, 2026 agenda.  
 
WHAT IS REALLY GOING ON HERE?  
 
It was very disturbing to hear the new CAO Nicole Coburn ask the 90 Minto Road BESS Project developer representative, Mr. John Swift, to “give guidance on a timeline and direction for staff as to whether we will be actually going through with a local ordinance.”
 
It is painfully obvious that New Leaf Energy developer is controlling our County’s BESS Ordinance and County staff.  I can find no Press Release on the County website for this issue, even though PIO Jason Hoppin weighed in substantially on the LookOut Santa Cruz article.
 
Did New Leaf Energy give the directive to hold the January 13, 2026 meeting rather than in March?   
 
Please contact your County Supervisor and demand the development of the Draft BESS Ordinance be transparent and accountable to the public.  Call 454-2200 (the Supervisors are usually “in a meeting”) or e-mail.

WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO “APPROVE IN CONCEPT”?

I have noticed lately that the County Board of Supervisors approve many actions “in concept”.  What does that mean, and why are the Supervisors taking what seems to me to be a nebulous action?

I wrote County Counsel Jason Heath and asked about this.
Here is his answer:

“In order to adopt an ordinance, two public readings are required. In this County, our process is to have a “first reading” in which the item is presented on the regular agenda and, if the Board wishes, “approved in concept” at that hearing.  If it is approved in concept, it is placed on the consent agenda at the next meeting for “second reading”.  If the ordinance is adopted on the consent agenda at the second meeting, it generally goes into effect 31 days later.  At both points in the process, the Board can decide that it wants to move in a different direction and direct staff accordingly.”

I responded with further query:

The Supervisors took action on October 29, 2024 to approve the BESS Ordinance in concept: 

1) Approve in concept draft amendments to the County’s General Plan and County Code to establish an Energy Storage Combining District in Chapter 13.10 of the Santa Cruz County Code

Agenda Item
DOC-2024-868

Why was the Ordinance not placed on the next meeting’s Consent Agenda in that instance?

Mr. Heath replied: 

 “The specificity of the language matters. If an ordinance is actually being adopted, on either first or second read, you will see the title of the ordinance in quotes in the formal title of the item.  The language below is not approving an ordinance.  It is essentially approving moving forward with working on something (draft Code amendments) that eventually could turn into an ordinance.”

So…why approve anything at all until the amendments are complete???   Well, when the Board approved the Draft BESS Ordinance “in concept” last year, it seemed to allow New Leaf Energy the ability to move forward in filing their application for the 90 Minto Road large-scale lithium BESS that is adjacent to working class neighborhoods and College Lake.

It seems that taking any action “in concept” is vague, but very powerful.

WAS THAT A GOOD THING OR NOT?
On November 18, the Monterey County Board of Supervisors rejected adopting a temporary moratorium on battery energy storage system (BESS) projects.  Second District County Supervisor Mr. Glenn Church had asked the Board to do so, in order to provide staff time to direct resources to developing a Draft BESS Ordinance without being in the undesirable situation facing Santa Cruz County with the 90 Minto Road project developer leading staff by the nose.

You can watch their discussion here (item #19)

The Board felt adopting a moratorium would force potential BESS developers to head straight for the Opt-In Certification with the California Energy Commission (CEC) and bypass working with local staff to approve a project.  Echoing the sentiment of Santa Cruz County Supervisors of wanting to maintain local control, the Monterey County Supervisors instead opted to get a Draft BESS Ordinance going, and will consider at a later meeting allocation of $100,000 – $200,000 for a consultant to do the work.

While you are reviewing that Board’s actions, take a look at Item #16, a report on the clean-up work at the Moss 300 Vistra Battery Fire site in Moss Landing.  Still no news but a report is promised for January.  Meanwhile, Vistra and the EPA are working to haul out loads of damaged lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt toxic batteries in trucks on our public roadways…but nobody seems to know what the toxic levels are????   Hmmm…..

You can listen to a “Community Matters” online radio interview with Supervisor Glenn Church about this issue here.

VISTRA ABANDONS PLAN FOR LARGE BATTERY FACILITY IN MORRO BAY
Texas-based Vistra informed the California Energy Commission (CEC) that it will not pursue an Opt-In Certification for the BESS facility in application for the former PG&E plant in Morro Bay.

What are your thoughts on that?

KA-CHING, KA-CHING…SHOCKING COST  FOR THE “SEARCH’ FOR A NEW COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
The Board of Supervisors failed to ensure their fiduciary duty to use public monies wisely when the search for the new County Administrative Office happened in October. Public Records Act request responsive documents show the County paying a total of $25,598.69 to Wendy Brown Consultants (WBCP, Inc ) in Rogue River, Oregon to do some headhunting and mailing a brochure.

But hang on…the invoice from the Hotel Paradox totals $7,362.89 for meals and rooms where interviewees stayed and the interviews happened.  The arrival date was October 2, 2025, and departure date was 10/15/2025.  Hmmmm…..

On October 6 and 7, when the Board of Supervisors and “influential community stakeholders” interviewed the CAO candidates, meeting rooms cost $500 each and had an additional mandatory gratuity and taxes of $91.43 per room.

The County paid for five guest rooms (#106, #318, #405. 435 and #526) on October 5 and 6.

But hang on…the food costs were shocking:

Breakfast $1,710 plus a total of $654.68 in mandatory gratuities, tax and fees.
Lunch: $1,476.00 plus a total of $616.52 in mandatory gratuities, tax and fees.

So, I ask you….did the County taxpayers really need to spend a total of $32,961.58 for a rubberstamp appointment of Nicole Coburn to replace Carlos Palacios?

This amount of money is equal to, or more than, the salary of many of the County’s custodians for an entire year.

WHAT IS THE LEVINE ACT?  SHOULD OUR ELECTED OFFICIALS BECOME COMPLIANT?
In reviewing San Diego County Board of Supervisor agendas, I found reference consistently to the Levine Act in all agenda preambles.  What is the Levine Act?


LEVINE ACT NOTICE: DISCLOSURES REQUIRED ON SPECIFIED ITEMS (GOVERNMENT CODE § 84308)
The Levine Act states that parties to any proceeding involving a license, permit or other entitlement for use pending before the Board must disclose on the record of the proceeding any campaign contributions of more than $250 (aggregated) made by the parties or their agents to Board Members within the preceding 12 months. Participants with financial interests, and agents of either parties or participants, are requested to disclose such contributions also. The disclosure must include the name of the party or participant and any other person making the contribution; the name of the recipient; the amount of the contribution; and the date the contribution was made. This disclosure can be made orally during the proceeding or in writing on a request to speak.

I suggest writing the County Board of Supervisors about this and request that they include such disclosures in the course of their Board meetings.
Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

THIS IS DANGEROUS
The County recently resized the reflective bollards along Soquel Drive between Dominican Hospital and State Park Drive. to make them shorter and less menacing for cyclists in the new dedicated bike path.  The problem, however, remains when those bollards disappear, leaving a black hard plastic protuberance at the edge of the bike lane.

This creates dangerous cycling conditions for night time cyclists.  I recently requested that when there are bollards to be replaced, a reflective sticker is added to the black base to help bicyclists see them at night.  
 
Please consider making this request to the Santa Cruz County Public Works Dept. Use their “Report a Problem” page.

TO PAY OR NOT TO PAY
Many times, I have been at a long County Board of Supervisor meeting and unable to dash out to move my vehicle when two hour parking limits are in effect…resulting in a ticket.  Have you had that happen, too?

The payment kiosks to purchase extra time initially have been broken for a few years, so unless you had time to purchase an all-day permit from the General Services Dept. (if you even knew you could do that) and run back to place the permit on your dashboard, you simply had to move your vehicle every one or two hours or risk getting a ticket.

Now the County has a new system.  ParkMobile.  Some areas of the 701 Ocean Street lot have the signs but not all.  What does that mean?

There used to be a conveniently-located pay kiosk where you could purchase extra time…but that kiosk is gone.

The County now has signs with an app to get free limited parking.  What if you don’t have a cell phone?

WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ASK QUESTIONS AND DEMAND ANSWERS.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Humans, Dogs, and Social Nature

A friend recently pointed out how one aspect of human behavior can provide hints about other parts of our personalities. For instance, with people who enjoy spicy foods: might it be interesting to see how they integrate endorphin rushes into other parts of their lives. Might they act in ways that invites pain, in other ways?

Similarly seeking analogs, I wonder if how people treat their pet dogs says something about their world view, in general?

Fido, Get Over HERE!

Get their attention first by yelling their name, then give them stern ‘BAD DOG’ words. Yell it again if necessary, and again. If they finally show up, then smack them.

This habit of barking orders at dogs over and over, every time that the person feels the need to control their dog makes me wonder how that person sees the world. Physical brutality on top of that, just when a dog has (finally) acted as directed, makes me very sad for those relationships. Does command and control and physical brutality make sense in the larger world to such people?

A Whistle Does It

On the other hand, I’ve seen people who have the most cooperative and loving relationships with their dogs. For instance, a certain whistle brings the dog running, tail wagging. Invariably when asked about how these people got to that point with their pet dogs, they say it took a lot of time and effort. Honing communication combined with positive reinforcement are key. Are people who arrive at such non-violent relationship building with pet dogs also apt to have a similarly well-evolved means of relating to their fellow humans?

What To Do?

I routinely run into this issue and it really bothers me. The Capitola DMV has it. The Davenport US Post Office has it. I bet you’ve seen it, too: signs that say something to the effect of ‘No Animals Allowed Inside.’ What are humans if not animals? Minerals?

This problem of mine also crops up regularly in social commentary and literature when some ‘smart’ person decides to add their (sometimes ‘witty’) comments about what separates humans from non-human animals. Such arguments are generally flawed and baseless.

Social Animals

How might the world be better if we learned from the science of how social animals have worked out social problems? What if our conversations turned that direction regularly? And, what if humans thought a lot about that when adopting social animals into our lives?

Learning from Nature

There is a wealth of wisdom that Nature can share. Humans have benefited greatly from many of those lessons, and additional learning can take us much further.

When we see ourselves in the dogs we are trying to acculturate into our lives, we learn both how to better mesh with the dog and better hold ourselves in human society.

We might also apply this kind of learning with other social animals in our lives: parrots/parakeets/etc, deer, crows, cows, goats, quail, etc.

Cautions and Next Steps

We taught to be cautious about ‘anthropomorphizing’ non-human animal traits. The caution goes that doing so might make you blind to important differences. How about some balance here, and the adoption of a new word? How about cautioning about ‘anthroscism’ – advancing the idea that humans are somehow wildly different than all the rest of the animals? Same kind of reasoning holds: doing so might make you blind to important similarities.

Your homework: start a conversation this week about some human reaction you see that reminds you of how non-human animals act and why that might be.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, December 1, 2025

The picture above, gleaned from an official City of Santa Cruz website, shows a proposed high-rise residential development on Pacific Avenue, which is the city’s main downtown street. This proposed development would wipe out The Catalyst, a revered and longtime music venue, where some of America’s greatest bands and performers have played.

The Catalyst has its own Wikipedia entry, which identifies it as a “nightclub,” echoing The Catalyst’s own self-description. Click the link for a partial list of some of the bands and performers who have appeared there. Here’s what The Catalyst looks like now:

Justin Cummings, the County Supervisor who represents most of the City of Santa Cruz, and who lives just a few blocks away from The Catalyst, has commented on Facebook that this proposal is “completely unacceptable!!!” Cummings further commented that the proposed development, if approved, “would also get rid of the Starving Musician [a store that sells musical instruments]. Unbelievably disgusting and definitely not affordable. We need to not just let the City know how horrible of an idea this is, but also let our state reps know that we’re fed up with not having control over development in our community.”

It appears, based on a recent Facebook message from a local resident, addressed to me, that Cummings is not alone in his distress about what is being proposed at 1009-10ll-1015 Pacific. Here is that message to me, and my response:

Gary, regarding the proposed 1009, 1011, 1015 Pacific Ave project – this unmitigated unsustainable development bypassing sensible planning in our town is becoming absurd. No parking, water, fire or other infrastructure considered in planning. How do we effectively oppose this and the other similar undesirable and unwise developments? Got ideas? What can I do – besides complain to the council which I’ve found to be pointless?

o o o O O O o o o

My Reply:

I have no easy answer. What is needed is a combination political/legal effort – a group, meeting in real life each week, getting appropriate legal assistance and then electing new Council Members, filing lawsuits as needed. Maybe this latest travesty will galvanize that kind of effort, as the City effort to turn Lighthouse Field into a shopping center/condo/ hotel development, with a Convention Center as the come on, did way back in 1972!

All good wishes.

Gary A. Patton, Attorney at Law

My answer to the distraught email above, in fact, is my basic political advice to all who want to regain control over their politics – advice which reflects my own, personal experience.

In 1972, I was hired to provide legal advice and assistance to the Save Lighthouse Point Association (and quickly became just a “member,” not a hired gun). A relatively small group of people [15-20], meeting each week, in person, outlined a complete political and legal strategy, and “Saved Lighthouse Field.” I’ll end this blog posting with a picture of Lighthouse Field today, to remind everyone of what would have been lost, except for the work done by the Save Lighthouse Field Association.

Without those political and legal efforts, here is what would now be found on Lighthouse Field: (1) A high-rise hotel, like the Dream Inn; (2) A massive shopping center, equivalent in size to the Rancho Del Mar Shopping Center in Aptos; (3) Condominium apartments [I think 100 or so] for the wealthy; (4) Seven acres of blacktopped parking lots; and (5) a “Convention Center.”

The City Council and the County Board of Supervisors were, at least at the start, unanimously in favor of this proposed development of Lighthouse Field. No elected official was on the scene to make a statement like the one that Justin Cummings has made about the “Let’s Wipe Out The Catalyst With Another High-Rise Apartment Building Proposal.”

To “Save Lighthouse Field,” the community had to act. And we did. I was proud to be part of the effort, which included an initiative measure that I wrote, approved by City voters in June, 1974, withdrawing the City’s land from the proposed development. The brand-new California Coastal Commission voted down the entire development proposal, soon thereafter, and then local elected officials, and our state representatives, made sure that this incredibly valuable coastal property was purchased and made into a State Park.

Lighthouse Field (see it pictured below) was saved by one of those “small groups” that Margaret Mead talked about. I agree with Margaret Mead (and pay attention to the very last part of what she says. That’s perhaps the most important part, and I’ll bold it in the quote below).

If Santa Cruz residents don’t like what their City officials are doing (and I, personally, don’t like what they’re doing – and doubt that that the majority of voters do, either) then I advise those concerned to employ the Margaret Mead remedy (and I’m willing to call it the “Lighthouse Field” remedy, too). That, in my opinion, is only way we can change what’s happening. A small group. Meeting in person. Meeting every week. Taking the initiative, politically. Never giving up. You can’t do it with “online” protestations!

Here’s that Margaret Mead quote:

Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.

And here is that promised picture of Lighthouse Field, today – a past (and still present) gift to this community that the community gave to itself:

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

MONGRELS, MATH EPIDEMIC, COMMUNICATIVE CANDOR

Robert Reich wrote on Substack this week that the shooting of two National Guard members by a gunman in DC was horrific enough, “but President Trump’s response has been disproportionate and bigoted,” vowing to “permanently pause” migrations from all Third World Countries, while deporting those considered “high risk.” Further, he threatens to strip US citizenship from naturalized migrants “who undermine domestic tranquility,” or those deemed to be “non-compatible with Western Civilization.” And true to form, he wants more migrants jailed, either in this country or within foreign borders, without due process of the law. These unconstitutional actions stir up the worst nativist impulses within our citizenry as he blames and scapegoats entire groups for the act of one gunman.

Excluding Native Americans, we are all immigrants in some form or another, possibly descended from immigrants who came voluntarily and some who came in chains; and most of us “are mongrels,” says Reich. The mixed nationalities, mixed ethnicities, mixed races, mixed creeds embrace the ideals of this nation even as we maintain our own traditions within our families, our neighborhoods, and geographical regions. Reich says he hasn’t quoted President Reagan before now, but excerpts a 1988 speech which is pertinent for today: “I received a letter not long ago from a man who said, ‘You can go to Japan and live, but you cannot become Japanese. You can go to France to live and not become a Frenchman. You can go to live in Germany or Turkey, and you won’t become a German or a Turk.’ But then he added, ‘Anybody from any corner of the world can come to America to live and become an American.‘”

Reich continues: “A person becomes an American by adopting America’s principles, especially those principles summarized in the ‘self-evident truths’ of the Declaration of Independence, such as ‘life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.’ Carl Friedrich wrote that ‘To be and American is an ideal, while to be a Frenchman is a fact.’ As an immigrant friend once put it to me: ‘I was always an American; I was just born in the wrong country.'” Reich says, “Reagan was wrong about so many things, yet he understood something fundamental to this nation that Trump doesn’t have a clue about: America is an idea — a set of aspirations and ideals — more than a nationality. The only thing Trump knows is that he needs to fuel bigotry. His Straight White Male Christian Nationalism requires prejudice against anyone who’s ‘not.’ Like dictators before him, Trump’s road to tyranny is paved with stones hurled at ‘them.’ His entire project depends on hate.”

Andy Borowitz contributes another possible rationale for the Trump administration’s prejudice against migrants via his The Borowitz Report: “Delivering an incendiary accusation, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt warned on Thursday that ‘an invasion force of migrants’ is smuggling math across the US-Mexico border. ‘They are bringing textbooks, calculators, and slide rules into our country, hoping to get America’s children hooked on math,’ she said. ‘President Trump has made a strong commitment to protect our country from math, whatever it takes,’ she added. Claiming that the nation was suffering from a ‘math epidemic,’ Leavitt refused to disclose how many math-smuggling migrants have invaded the US thus far, noting, ‘Using numbers is exactly what they want us to do.‘”

MeidasTouch’s Ben Meiselas writes, “This week, America got another reminder that something is fundamentally off-kilter inside Trump’s operation, and it’s bleeding straight out of his own mouth. And no, it’s not a diagnosis. It’s not a medical issue. It’s the consequences of pressure, bad advice, and a political strategy built on grievance gasoline with a match permanently lit. When the walls start closing in, Trump doesn’t adapt; he detonates.” Meiselas says starting with Mar-a-Lago — where good questions go to die — Trump detonated against CBS’s Nancy Cordes when she asked why blame President Biden for failing to vet DC shooter Rahmanullah Lakanwal, when it was actually accomplished in Afghanistan, with Trump’s own administration later granting him asylum. Trump answered, “Are you stupid? Are you a stupid person?” Meiselas describes this response coming from a man who feels cornered by facts and defaulting to the same insult arsenal he used as a New York tabloid curiosity — no strategy, no sign of strength.

This can be seen as the result of the president’s surrounding himself with MAGAs who tell him every problem is someone else’s fault, every question is an attack, and every woman who challenges him is showing disrespect. Bad advice equals bad behavior, and America is reacting exactly the way you would expect, resulting in frustration, exhaustion, and increasing concern. Lately, Nancy Cordes hasn’t been the only Trump target. He tagged Katie Rogers of The New York Times as “third rate, and ugly, both inside and out,” after she and a male co-author wrote a conscientious, fact-based piece about the president’s age, mobility, stamina, schedule, and his recent MRI, all elements documented and observable by anyone paying attention. Trump called the Times a “rag” and “the enemy of the people,” with no comment about the male writer.

Bloomberg’s Catherine Lucy’s question about the Epstein files, which Trump has termed a “witch hunt,” brought his now infamous response of, “Quiet. Quiet, piggy.” Then came ABC’s Mary Bruce asking a question about Jamal Khashoggi’s murder, which has been linked to the Saudi Crown Prince, who happened to be in the room with Trump, and members of the press. The president immediately scolded her for “embarrassing” MBS, calling her a “terrible person” for asking an “insubordinate” question. So he’s royalty and the White House press members are his disobedient subjects, particularly women, who he can blame for holding up mirrors he can’t bear to gaze at. Meiselas says, “Karoline Leavitt stepped up and called this barrage ‘honesty’ and ‘frankness,’ as if ‘Are you stupid?’ is presidential transparency. As if ‘piggy’ is a bold new chapter in communicative candor. As if calling a journalist ‘ugly’ is something the press should appreciate.”

Meiselas remarks that America isn’t buying it, because people see the hostility, the thin skin, and a president absorbing the weight of a job his own advisers have convinced him is a battlefield, not a responsibility. He concludes, “So here’s what we know. When presidents feel confident, they lead. When they feel cornered, they lash out. Trump isn’t lashing out because he’s strong; he’s lashing out because he’s under pressure, badly advised, and increasingly aware that the media questions he hates are questions millions of Americans are asking too. And the women asking those questions aren’t the problem. They’re the truth-tellers. They’re the accountability he can’t silence. And that, more than anything, is the truth he’s afraid you’ll hear.”

As those of you who grew up with siblings, or attended the average American elementary school, learned quickly that there are lines you don’t cross. Name-calling probably got you grounded, or marched to the principal’s office resulting in a note to take home to your parents, and maybe a paddle landed on your backside somewhere along in the process. It would take a fairly large paddle to cover Trump’s rear, which is hardly a solution to quell the world’s oldest third-grader letting fly with a continuous  lunchroom tantrum. A time-out at Mar-a-Lago won’t work because the seating appears to be quite comfortable.

Last Saturday, the tantrum continued with Trump’s message that “all airlines, pilots, drug dealers and human traffickers” should avoid Venezuela’s airspace as it was now “closed in its entirety.” Giving no legal basis for his pronouncement, he left the impression that he was prepared to shoot down commercial airliners in the area, hardly a foreign policy — simply the unstable rhetoric of one who views war as a personal tool and an annoying threat based on his lethal strikes on suspected narcotics vessels in the open ocean. These strikes are not lawful acts of war, but extrajudicial killings. Defense Secretary Hegseth reportedly ordered forces to “kill everybody,” a directive that violates the most basic tenets of the laws of armed conflict — a war crime, and murder.

When asked about Hegseth’s ‘kill order,’ President Trump, per his usual answer that he “knows nothing about it” — probably the truth — and believes his Secretary of Defense’s denial of having given the order. The Washington Post reported the Special Operations commander of the strike ordered a second attack to comply with Hegseth’s wishes, which the Secretary termed “fake news.” Trump claims that he himself would not have ordered a second strike, “so, we’ll look at, we’ll look into it,” while insisting that US military actions are “lawful.” Holding your breath is not advised. Perhaps we can take some comfort from Andy Borowitz’s statement: “Pete Hegseth has made me feel so much better about my drinking.”

Trump’s announcement last week that he would pardon former Honduran President Juan Orlando Hernández, who is serving 45 years for trafficking hundreds of tons of cocaine into this country in collaboration with El Chapo’s Sinaloa cartel, flies in the face of his administration’s so-called war on drugs. Hernández vowed to “shove cocaine up the noses of gringos until they die.” The former Honduran president is connected to people like Peter Thiel and Marc Andreessen and other techies, and was beloved by the crypto world for creating lawless, sovereign zones for tech utopias organized around crypto. As Alexander Willis writes on Raw Story, “The current government moved to shut down the zones. The crypto class fought back and Trump is now doing their bidding.” Perhaps Hernández can now get a job with Kristi Noem’s ICE mob, with his background of violence and his prison sentence bona fides.

As Richard Steiner, an advisor to Oasis Earth, writes that Trump’s saber-rattling about potential military action in Venezuela is indeed about drugs — not cocaine or fentanyl. Oil is the addiction of the USA. Venezuela has the largest proven oil reserves in the world, larger than Saudi Arabia’s reserves. Trump and his oil industry cronies may see that getting rid of President Nicolás Maduro will give them unlimited access to the reserves under a friendly government. To hell with any hope of future climate stability! Mr. Trump and his oil industry chums are the most dangerous narco-traffickers we should worry about.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust. I’ll try to wrap in contemporary information about the place in question, such as links to more information, snapshots from Google Earth, etc.

I came up with this idea when a friend, longtime Santa Cruz resident Larry Colen, recently gifted us a copy of this book from his late father Mark Colen’s library. It occured to me that it would be a great way to carry on Bruce Bratton’s tradition of featuring Santa Cruz history in his column. Local history maven Sandy Lydon is quoted describing it as the “single most important book ever published on Santa Cruz County.” Kestrel Press, publisher of a companion volume by the same author, “Monterey County Place Names” (1991), published a second, revised edition in 2008 (which I don’t have a copy of), but since the Internet Archive’s WayBack Machine shows their web site going offline in 2016, I presume both works are now out of print. Used copies are available from the usual sources.

The author, Donald Thomas Clark was the founding librarian at UCSC. In fact, according to his obituary, he was the first academic appointment for the Santa Cruz campus (in 1962, three years before the first student arrived). He served in that role until 1973, when he resigned in protest over statewide cuts to funding for academic libraries, but continued to serve in a volunteer role from 1978 to 1993, working with the UCSC Map Collection. The courtyard in the McHenry Library at UCSC is named after him, and he established the Emily E. Clark and Donald T. Clark Map Endowment to support the McHenry Library’s map collection, and the Emily E. and Donald T. Clark Endowment to support the UCSC Arboretum library. The book was also featured in an article published in 1987 by the Los Angeles Times, “Scholar Traces Names of Santa Cruz County : From Sugar City to Beer Can Beach”.

Enjoy, and see you next week!

For my initial selection, I have picked “Rancho Del Oso”, a place that I have deep connections to. My great-grandmother, Mary “May” Hoover Leavitt, was Herbert and Theodore Hoover’s sister, and supported both of them while they attended Stanford University and obtained the engineering degrees that later made their fortunes. It was while attending Stanford that Theodore Hoover discovered the Waddell Creek valley, and vowed to one day return and live there.

May also attended Stanford, but dropped out after marrying my great-grandfather, Cornelius Van Ness Leavitt. Their son, my grandfather, Van Ness Hoover Leavitt, spent many summers at “the Ranch” (as my family called it) from childhood through old age, and wanted his ashes scattered there. (Van Ness is second from the left in the picture, along with Hulda and the rest of the Hoover children.) My father, Michael Hoover Leavitt, did the same, and my youth and adulthood is filled with memories of nights spent in “the Bunkhouse” (rear portion of the current Nature and History Center), 4th of July “Family Camp” (to which I brought my own children later on, after I married our esteemed editress and publisher), and treading the park’s many trails. It is the first place I bring people to when they visit me here.

Rancho del Oso is now a part of Big Basin Redwoods State Park, with its own page, “Rancho del Oso (Big Basin Redwoods State Park)”. The Waddell Creek Association maintains ranchodeloso.org, which has an array of written and pictoral imagery covering the park and its history.

     From the book, page 275:

Rancho del Oso “The ranch of the bear.” This was not a land grant, but the name given to a private holding of some 2,500 acres along Waddell Creek at the northern end of the county, Sections 11, 14, 23, 26, 34, 35, T9S, R4W and Sections 2 & 3, TIOS, R4W. The land, bought in 1913 by Theodore J. Hoover, had been owned in the latter half of the nineteenth century by William Waddell, who gave his name to the creek and canyon. It was Mrs. Hoover who named it Rancho del Oso.

In early Branciforte days, [wrote Mrs. Hoover’s daughter] the canyon was known as Arroyo de los Osos. We are told that it was a good source of grizzly bears for the bull and bear fights in the village.–McLean (1971, p.1).

The name also seems appropriate because Waddell died from injuries inflicted by a bear.

On April 22, 1931, Theodore J. Hoover filed an application with the Secretary of State, State of California, to register the name Rancho del Oso under a provision whereby the name of a farm, ranch, estate, or villa could be given the same protection as that provided a trademark. Two days later, Frank C. Jordan certified the name.

In the early 1980s the State acquired 1,700 acres of Rancho del Oso and incorporated the land as the Rancho del Oso sub-unit of Big Basin Redwoods State Park thus extending the park to the Pacific Ocean.

With the addition of the 1,700 acre “Rancho del Oso,” Big Basin now extends all the way to Highway 1 on the coast. The popular “Skyline-to-the-Sea” trail has been re-routed through this beautiful and historic property along Waddell Creek. The distance from park headquarters to the coast is about 11 miles through the steep and forested Waddell Canyon which becomes broad and grassy on the coast.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“West Coast”

“There’s something about the West Coast. The air is lighter. The vibe is chill.”
~Matthew Ramsey

“In America, the colors sing, they don’t just glower at you. The West Coast especially is fantastic. It seems like you can do whatever you want here.”
~Stanley Donwood

“I couldn’t imagine living in a state that didn’t reach the ocean. It was a giant reset button. You could go to the edge of the land and see infinity and feel renewed.”
~Avery Sawyer

“The mornings along the coast where the fog and mist meet with the salty spray of the seas is one of my favourite smells. I love the smell in the evergreen forest just after it rains – The Redwood Forest in California has the coast, too, so you have the best of everything!”
~Paul Walker

“If only I’d stayed on the West Coast, I might have made something of myself.”
~Mitch Kapor

“When I left the West Coast I was a liberal. When I landed in New York I was a revolutionary.”
~Jane Fonda

Well, well, well, if this doesn’t explain many a 3am shopping spree online… or so I hear!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 26 – December 2, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… off this week … Steinbruner… back soon! Hayes… Meadows of Scotts Valley Patton… Government Is A Verb Matlock… panic mode… political gasoline… be worst… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Willpower… Quotes on… “December”

...

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BUILDING BEING BUILT. Proof that real people built this mess not demons. The photo was taken June 30, 1965. Then look across the mighty San Lorenzo River, which appears totally dry and see Pacific Avenue, the old jail, The Cooperhouse, the Civic…what stupendous changes this entire area has gone through.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

NEW FEATURE, STARTING NEXT WEEK. I was given a book called Santa Cruz Place Names from 1986, by my good friend, Larry, whom I’m sure several of you know. It belonged to his dad, Mark. Written by Donald Thomas Clark (with a foreword by Sandy Lydon) and published by the Santa Cruz Historical Society, it has lots of details of interest. I had a conversation with the husbandy thing (Thomas) about it while showing him a few of them, and long story short: given that he spends most of his time in Arizona nowadays and misses his connection with Santa Cruz, he is going to pick out an entry from this to highlight in each column, starting in December! For today, I leave you with a teaser: a paragraph from a leaflet or flyer about Santa Cruz County, written in 1910(!)

In salubrity of climate, fertility of soil and scenic beauty combined Santa Cruz County is unsurpassed by any region of equal area on earth. With a range of altitude from sea level to half a mile high, facing the sunny south and sheltered from the north winds by a range of mountains, Santa Cruz County possesses a more equable climate than any other locality in California. Its annual mean temperature is 62 degrees. No extremes of heat or cold discomfort its fortunate inhabitants, and they enjoy on an average 250 days of sunshine during the year. Breezes fresh from the broad Pacific Ocean mingle their tonic quality with the balm from the pines and redwoods of the mountains. Roses and lilies bloom all the year in the open air, and so rich is the soil and so favorable the weather of this fertile territory that the fruits and vegetables of both tropic and temperate zones flourish equally. Here nature’s marvelous arrangement of seashore, mountain, plain and forest has produced a wonderland of beauty that must command the admiration of all.

The products of Santa Cruz County orchards, vineyards and fields are world renowned and bring certain wealth to their owners, for crops never fail through either drought or blight, frost or windstorm.

In addition to the unusual combination of natural advantages Santa Cruz County offers as a home, every newcomer will here receive a cordial welcome from a progressive and cultured community provided with all the facilities of advanced civilization.

I’m excited! Watch this space, and hey – it’s December!!

~Webmistress

...

K-POP DEMON HUNTERS. Netflix. Movie. (7.6 IMDb) ***
Most of you know this exists only because your kids or grandkids have blasted it at you, and you’ve sworn never to engage. It’s anime. It’s K-pop (whatever that is). Hard pass, right?

So here’s the setup: the forces of darkness are kept in check by a lineage of “chosen ones” called the Hunters – think Buffy the Vampire Slayer – holding back the darkness with weapons, and song (the music is a weapon). The current team happens to be Huntrix, a K-pop trio. Their fame and wall-to-wall pop anthems supercharge their demon-slaying… until a boy band of demons (in disguise) shows up, poking holes in Huntrix’s mission and threatening to tear the group apart, and then, the world.

And yes, I know – anime makes some of you break out in hives. You’re thinking bad dubbing, (I’m looking at you who haven’t watched anime since Speed Racer in the 60’s), huge eyes, confusing emotional palate, and the occasional shady “lolita” corner. But here’s the twist: this isn’t Japanese anime. It’s Korean, and culturally it lands much closer to Western sensibilities. “Golden” (4 songs from the soundtrack charted domestically) is basically this generation’s “Let It Go” – it’s Disney with demons. Honestly, this could’ve been a Disney film without changing much. The story codes in themes of inclusivity, coming out, and acceptance. The voice actresses even cosplay their characters and perform the songs live, so the music is as legit as pop gets.

Not made for me, but it’s worth a watch – if only so you can have an actual opinion instead of snubbing a phenomenon you’ve never even tried.
~Sarge

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

...

Gillian will be back!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back soon! In the meantime, I’m leaving the blurb for her show, Community Matters, on Santa Cruz Voice.

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER. ATTEND A MEETING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
The Meadows of Scotts Valley

When you think of Scotts Valley, what comes to mind? What comes to my mind are hours of tedious battles to save what was left of the remarkable meadows, which are home to some fascinating species. Embedded in those memories are lessons about how other people viewed those meadows and the diversity of human perspectives.

Glenwood and Santa’s Village

Highway 17 bisected some fascinating grasslands in Scotts Valley. On the west side of the highway, one can visit what remains of the Glenwood meadows. It is called the Glenwood Open Space Preserve and is owned by the City of Scotts Valley and managed by the Land Trust of Santa Cruz County. I’m not sure how many native species are left now, but in the 1990’s when I joined the battle to save those meadows, we used R. Morgan’s statistic of an extraordinary 250 native plants on just over 200 acres. The meadows would erupt in spectacular displays of lupines and poppies, each hillslope a slightly different color with many other wildflower species.

To the east side of Highway 17 the last remaining meadow is at what was formerly known as Santa’s Village or the Polo Ranch. This smaller meadow was recently carved apart to make room for a luxury housing development by the seemingly ubiquitous Lennar Homes. Though smaller, this meadow has wonderful botanical surprises both in shallow-soiled dry rocky places and in some seepy wetlands.

Home to Rarities

These meadows are the home to the federally endangered Scotts Valley spineflower and the state-listed endangered Scotts Valley polygonum, species found nowhere else in the world. The state-listed endangered San Francisco popcornflower is awaiting better management in the seedbank in both meadows. A distinct form of Gray’s clover, if it survives, will probably one day be called the Scotts Valley clover as will a distinct form of Douglas’ sandwort – both should be listed as critically endangered and are only in the Polo Ranch meadow. A population of the State-listed rare Pacific grove clover has been found in the Glenwood meadow. The federally listed endangered Ohlone tiger beetles are also found in these meadows and in only 5 other places…all within Santa Cruz County. Opler’s long-horned moth, which should also be listed as endangered, is found feeding on cream cups in the Glenwood meadows. Western pond turtles have been found in the Glenwood pond, which would also make great habitat for the rare California red-legged frog were it not for nonnative fish which were put there a while back.

Prior Losses

Scotts Valley has a long history of destroying the things that made it a very special place and replacing those special things with poorly planned housing developments. One gets the distinct feeling that poor planning is a hallmark of that town, which has no town center and is entirely sprawl. Smells like a legacy of greed combined with lack of civic engagement and the resulting pro-developer elected official. My mentor R. Morgan lamented the loss of the marsh that was once at Camp Evers, an ancient peat bog like no other for hundreds of miles. Then there was the development at Skypark, which was an airport and now has a small fragment of the once wildflower-rich extensive meadows.

Scotts Valley High

Since the early 1990’s, as I’ve been following the more recent destruction of Scotts Valley’s ecosystems, the first to get to bulldozed was the Scotts Valley High School site. There were other sites but someone in power got their way, sacrificing rare species and permanently destroying a treasure of immense value. So powerful were the proponents that they managed to protect only tiny set aside areas for the rare species, spaces that were doomed to fail. Promises of integrating these small conservation areas with high school biology classes never materialized. Management for the endangered San Francisco popcornflower has never succeeded.

Glenwood Open Space Preserve

With great effort, the Friends of Glenwood, the California Native Plant Society and the Sierra Club managed to fend off 200+ homes and a golf course that had been proposed at the site.

Meanwhile, the Land Trust of Santa Cruz County is both succeeding and failing to manage this preserve. On one hand, they have been quite successful in managing for the most endangered species on the property- the Ohlone tiger beetle. This beautiful beetle has flourished because of their work. On the other hand, the habitat for the Pacific Grove clover seems to have been lost due to poor decisions. And, large areas of the property are being overcome by invasive species such as stinkwort and French broom.

Santa’s Village

Legal wrangling and the California Native Plant Society’s (CNPS) negotiations resulted in the protection of a small private park above 40+ homes. CNPS fought to have fewer homes, arguing that more homes would require more grading, which would threaten the hydrology of the steep terrain and its rare plants. Undeterred and supported by the ‘any development is good development’ Scotts Valley City Council, the home builders dug into the hillsides which subsequently collapsed, severely damaging the rare plant habitat. After years of delaying any management, the preserve area degraded due to brush and weed encroachment. But, after many years, the Wildlife Heritage Foundation is managing the property and trying to restore some of the rare species. Let’s wish them luck!

Lessons Learned

Scotts Valley has been, like Capitola, pro-sprawl whereas Santa Cruz is hemmed in. Just wait…one day Santa Cruz may re-think its greenbelt. Maybe I’ll get to hear another City Council person tell me that if such-and-such endangered species was in their yard they’d destroy it. Maybe I’ll once again hear a developer say something like ‘that Ohlone tiger beetle is probably the most common bug in the world!’ As pressure grows to develop around the Monterey Bay, I hope that we figure out sooner than later how to ensure that natural areas remain natural. How about third-party conservation easements on our parks? Can you not see how municipalities like the City of Santa Cruz will one day try to build housing on its greenbelt? Even State Parks will see that pressure. It seems to me that land trusts should be eyeing those opportunities with interest. They could be helping to guarantee longer-term conservation now that we’ve seen how quickly the tides can turn against conservation as the populace gets poorer and the developers get richer and more powerful.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Thursday, November 20, 2025

That is Speaker of the House Mike Johnson at the podium, accompanied by other Members of Congress who are in his leadership group. I obtained the photograph from the online version of the November 14, 2025, edition of “Potomac Watch,” a Wall Street Journal opinion column written by Kimberley A. Strassel (among other contributors). A complete copy of Strassel’s November 14th column, which is titled, “The GOP’s Government Enablers,” is found at the end of this blog posting.

I have a comment on a statement made in Strassel’s first paragraph. She says, “government is the cause of most problems.”

“Government” (you can look it up) is defined as the “act or process of governing.” Note that this definition sees “government” as a “verb form” not as a “noun,” although the dictionary does recognize that the word has come to be used as a noun, too.

I don’t think that Strassel’s assertion is true, even when “government” is made into a noun. However, when “government” is used as a verb, it is clear that the “process of governing” is not the cause of our problems. “Governing” is our collective effort to solve our problems, or to deal with them, at least.

If it were true that collective efforts to address issues that a majority of the citizens have identified as problems is actually the cause of those problems, then we should not have any “government” at all. Maybe, Strassel and The Wall Street Journal actually believe that, on behalf, presumably, of those members of the “billionaire class” who think that they can address any problems affecting them by mobilizing their own, personal resources, without any need to involve the rest of us, and that “no” government is needed or helpful.

Even among the billionaires, however, no one truly believes that! We are, as I keep saying, “in this together,” and that means we need a mechanism to try to eliminate problems, and to promote positive possibilities.

A lot of us (those of us in the non-billionaire cohort) have come to believe what Strassel asserts. “Government” is seen as “the problem.” Well, it’s not. “Government” is not the problem. The problem is “bad” government, “inefficient” government, “corrupt” government, “inattentive” government, “unconcerned” government, “unrepresentative” government. Etc.!

If we want to deal with our problems, and realize our possibilities we need to stop rejecting “government,” and start making government work, instead.

That means we need to get directly involved in government ourselves! That is the problem with “government.” Here is a link to a recent article citing to Hannah Arendt, as she makes exactly this point.

Don’t be fooled that because the act or process of governing isn’t going very well right now (and it’s not) that “government” is the problem. “The” government (the “noun” version of the word) may well be a problem, but that’s because it is not doing the right thing to solve problems and to realize possibilities. Luckily, in a nation which was founded on the idea of “self-government,” we have a solution for that.

Mike Johnson, and his cohorts, shut down our government for more than a month. Did things get better, or worse when we shut down our government, as defined as the “act or process of governing”?

If you think “worse,” then that proves that Strassel’s statement is in error. Get involved!

o o o O O O o o o

The GOP’s Government Enablers
Republican populists sound like Democrats as they vent their rage against Big Business



Kimberley A. Strassel

Nov. 13, 2025 at 5:27 pm ET

It was once a Republican article of faith—mostly because it is true—that government is the cause of most problems. Donald Trump‘s GOP is finding a more politically expedient bogeyman. Welcome to the age of the Bernie Sanders-JD Vance coalition against Big Business. Say goodbye to prosperity.

A case in point: The president this past weekend floated a solid proposal. Rather than continue to dump government subsidies into the government-created and government-micromanaged system called ObamaCare—which is failing because of, well, government—why not hand that cash to individual Americans, giving them more choice over their care? “Republicans should give money DIRECTLY to your personal HEALTH SAVINGS ACCOUNTS,” Mr. Trump wrote on Truth Social.

It’s a smart concept, one that moves toward a free-market system in which consumers control dollars in ways that produce more transparent, portable, cost-effective and results-oriented medicine. Only the president in the same post undermined the premise by asserting that the reason to adopt his plan was to get revenge on the Democrats’ buddies in the “insurance industry,” which is “making a ‘killing’ ” while the “little guy” suffers. That is, move toward a free-market system so as to stick it to business. Work through that logic.

And so it goes. Vice President Vance regularizes the slur “Big Pharma,” trashing on drugmakers with a vitriol to make any socialist proud. The president orders the Justice Department to investigate the “Meat Packing Companies who are driving up the price of Beef through Illicit Collusion, Price Fixing, and Price Manipulation”—a replica of Joe Biden‘s accusations. Missouri Sen. Josh Hawley introduces the End Airline Extortion Act—a new low in shooting fish in a barrel—making common cause with Elizabeth Warren. The only “Big” the GOP can tolerate these days are their own not-so-beautiful bills.

The most charitable excuse for this is economic ignorance. And it’s true that an alarming number of congressional members—and their staffers—these days think the supply side is a band from the ’90s. Then again, our onetime venture-capitalist veep suggests something more cynical at play. Trashing on wealth creators is an easy way to stoke the furies of the “forgotten man” voter the GOP courts. And it’s easier (read lazier) than explaining markets, intellectual property, prices—or the central and inevitable problem of government policy failure.

Why bother explaining the government mandates, government price controls, and government subsidies in ObamaCare when you can blame the government failure on insurers? Why rethink government-imposed tariffs and government quotas on affordable beef imports when you can throw Tysons in the grinder? Why argue to modernize moronic immigration policy when you can rail at business for inviting foreign labor to fill U.S. jobs?

Corporate America hasn’t bathed itself in distinction in recent decades, though its sin is hardly an excess of capitalist spirits. The exact opposite. Its failure has been making itself a government extension, working to capture its share of corporate welfare, to slice the regulatory pie to its benefit, to gain “woke” plaudits—rather than to fight interference. Let’s indulge the Biden electric-vehicle fantasy! Let’s work with the feds to censor Covid-19 debate! Let’s ask for subsidies for everything! Let’s roll over to European socialist price controls on drugs! It’s a bit much to ask CYA politicians to stick up for a business world that uniformly fails to stick up for itself.

Yet the Republicans pandering to antibusiness “populism” are already suffering the political and economic consequences. The GOP’s summer reconciliation bill was its best shot at injecting life into an economy still hampered by Biden-era blowouts and now tariff uncertainty. And yes, the party did waylay what would have been a devastating tax hike.

But it completely whelped on the policies necessary to spur growth quickly. Why? Because the panderers forbade all the pro-growth provisions—reducing top marginal rates, repealing the corporate alternative minimum tax, reducing the capital-gains tax—since those might help “the wealthy.” The party also (again) failed to reduce in any meaningful way the biggest drag on the economy—government spending. The bill’s money instead went to gimmicks to win votes, like tax exclusions for tips and overtime pay.

How’s that working out for Republicans now? See the latest economic data—and voter sentiment in the New Jersey and Virginia elections, frustrated the GOP hasn’t lifted the economy. Those elections were proof of one more thing, too: In a competition for who can rage against private actors and present government as the savior, Democrats win every time. They genuinely believe it. Republicans twist themselves into ideological knots attempting to synthesize a worldview in which limited government and government-run business exist simultaneously.

Mr. Trump, an entrepreneur at heart, has a general belief in markets—but these days he is surrounded by throwback Rockefeller Republicans. And how long will the Trump “working class” coalition last with a middling GOP economic record? The limited government crowd is going to have to get a lot louder if it doesn’t want the movement to end up a pale shade of AOC.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
STRAY CATS, PIGGIES, BITCH, CRICKETS

Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch commented last week that President Trump awakened in “full panic mode” allowing us to see “a violent, public unraveling from a sitting president who once again threatened to execute elected lawmakers for doing their jobs and upholding the Constitution.” The six Democrats, all military veterans or former intelligence officials, in a video were simply reminding US service personnel to remember their sworn oaths and not follow unlawful orders; yet the president himself is flailing with intensified rage and Meiselas says the question is “not whether his behavior is dangerous — it is whether our institutions, our media and our citizens are prepared to confront that danger before the chaos he is creating becomes irreversible.” Trump isn’t operating from strength — his tantrums and threats reveal his weakness, and his predicament causes his lashing out. It should be mentioned that even Fox’s legal analyst reminded viewers that refusing unlawful orders is required under US law and should be understood in a functioning democracy.

Trump posted on social media that the six are “traitors,” accusing them of “seditious behavior punishable by death.” He urged that they should be hanged because, “George Washington would hang them,” and that they should be put on trial and face their punishment. The top military lawyer overseeing operations in the Caribbean and Pacific regions concluded that recent US military actions my constitute “extrajudicial killings,” which of course, was overruled by Attorney General Pam Bondi and her Department of Justice lackeys. The Don’s media outbursts are paths to exacting revenge, but also about distractions to draw attention away from the Epstein news, the economy, unemployment, and his tariffs. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt insists that her boss doesn’t wish to execute these members of Congress, merely to see them “held accountable.” She insists that the president hasn’t given any illegal orders while accusing the lawmakers of attempting to incite violence by encouraging active duty military to defy the chain of command.

As might be expected, Republicans went to the president’s defense, attacking the six Democrats for threatening the country’s national security. Wishy-washy House Speaker Johnson interpreted Trump’s statement as “defining sedition,” and that the “so-called leaders in Congress” are “out of control” in their “wildly inappropriate” behavior. Senator Chuck Schumer commented, “When Trump uses the language of execution and treason, some of his supporters may very well listen. He is lighting a match in a country soaked with political gasoline.” Senator Rand Paul told Chris Cuomo, “There is no resistance on the the Republican side. They are afraid, they are frightened to cross him. He’s become more involved in primaries than any president has. They are just afraid. Even the ones who have a correct instinct are afraid to say anything.” Paul said on ‘Face the Nation‘ that the president’s remark were “reckless, inappropriate, irresponsible” and that the country “can do better.” In this same vein, former Trump DOJ appointee, Chad Mizelle laid out his approach at a Federalist Society meeting on winning judicial fights in Pennsylvania. He shared a story involving his father’s implicit threats to put down stray cats in the family’s yard, suggesting that Trump should stand up to judges and say, “Judges, I know how to deal with stray cats.” This would seem to be the new strategy on the extreme-right: “If you can’t beat ’em, kill ’em.”

Joyce Vance writes on her Civil Discourse blog: “Trump continues to use his claimed power to kill people who have received no due process, in international waters, based on his administration’s assertion that they are narcoterrorists.” It is telling that Trump last week met with Saudi crown prince Mohammed bin Salman, who likely ordered the killing of US-based Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi during Trump’s first term as president. Trump tells a reporter who brought up the correspondent’s death, “A lot of people didn’t like that gentleman that you’re talking about. Whether you like him or didn’t like him, things happen.” The point is evident that even if the six Congress members who made the video had done something traitorous or unlawful, neither of which they did, the president doesn’t get to impose punishment or impose the death penalty. That only happens in countries like North KoreaIran, and…Saudi Arabia, writes Vance. Further, she says, “George Washington would, most certainly, not have hung members of Congress for expressing their views. He would not have approved of what Donald Trump said today, or pretty much any day…this president’s words have all too frequently become actions once spoken to his followers.”

One of Trump’s ‘condemned,’ Senator Mark Kelly, called on Republicans in Congress to denounce President Trump’s threats against he and his five ‘traitor‘ compatriots. “We’ve heard very little, basically crickets, from Republicans in the US Congress about what the president has said about hanging members of Congress,” Kelly told host Margaret Brennan on CBS’s ‘Face the Nation.’ In a piece on MS Now, retired USAF Lt. Col. Rachel E. VanLandingham, wrote, “the six well-intentioned congressional Democrats who made the video likely did more harm than good for those of us who appreciate the quandary our service members are actually in — a political stunt that disrespects those in uniform.” The six are demanding that military members disobey unlawful orders without specifying just what military orders they are to disobey without acknowledging the grave risk that disobedience carries, VanLandingham believes — which only adds to the moral injury those in uniform are carrying, since there is no specificity.

Orders are issued with a presumption of legality, and disobedience would come at great risk to a service member’s career and liberty, and should that member interpret the ‘refuse unlawful orders’ demand as permission to not obey, then that member would be refusing at the risk of having to prove the illegality for their actions in a court-martial. VanLandingham says, “It’s awfully cavalier for lawmakers to urge that some unspecified order be disobeyed when they’re not the ones who’d be risking their career or even jail time for refusing an order.” The military also could always forgo court-martial and instead use what’s called ‘adverse administrative action’ to force a discharge, which would make it more difficult for a judge to answer the question about a particular order’s legality. The ‘Manual for Courts-Martial‘ has a subset of orders termed ‘patently’ or ‘manifestly’ illegal — an order ‘that directs the commission of a crime,’ under which a service member would be criminally liable.

VanLandingham goes on to say, “However, the bar for what constitutes a patently unlawful order is high and has, practically speaking, been largely reserved to obvious war crimes, that concept being forged  during the famous Nuremberg trials when the victorious Allies refused to allow the ‘superior orders’ defense to excuse the worst industrial-scale atrocities witnessed by mankind. The Nuremberg legacy is that a ‘patently unlawful order’ must be disobeyed, and the highest US military appellate court has described such an order as ‘one which a man of ordinary sense and understanding would, under the circumstances, know to be unlawful, or if the order in question is actually known to the accused to be unlawful.”” An example is when the court applied this standard to uphold US Army Lt. William Calley’s murder convictions for killing unarmed Vietnamese men, women and children at the hamlet of My Lai during the Vietnam War, despite the Nuremberg-esque defense that he was just following orders.

VanLandingham concludes, “What these lawmakers should have done is work to get enough bipartisan support to stop the executive branch’s excesses. Instead, they confused the issue and wrongly put service members in the middle of a political struggle. The sooner lawmakers on Capitol Hill realize that the military is not going to save us — and that’s by design — the sooner they will acknowledge that that’s a job for civilians. Hopefully with Congress leading the way.”

Again, last week, Trump press secretary Leavitt was forced to defend his badmouthing a reporter who asked a legitimate Epstein files question that he refused to face. The president lashed out at the female reporter by saying, “Quiet, piggy!” Leavitt justified his outburst, telling journalists at the White House briefing, “Look, the president is very frank and honest with everyone in the room. You’ve all seen it yourself. You’ve all experienced it yourselves. And I think it’s one of the many reasons that the American people reelected this president, because of his frankness. And he calls out fake news when he sees it. He gets frustrated with reporters when you lie about him, when you spread fake news about him and his administration. But he is the most transparent president in history, and he gives all of you in this room, as you all know, unprecedented access. So I think everyone in this room should appreciate the frankness and the openness that you get from President Trump on a near-daily basis.”

The Daily Dose of Democracy website, calling Leavitt ‘The Minister of Doublegrift Trumpthink,’ calls the “president’s disgusting, misogynistic attack on a female reporter with a smirking tornado of condescending lies would have left George Orwell speechless. That’s right, piggies, you should be GRATEFUL that the Most Beneficent Golden Leader magnanimously graces you swine with his presence. You should be grateful for the opportunity to have your dignity and professionalism disparaged on a daily basis!” Cynthia Miller-Idriss wrote on MS Now, “Those two little words — a low among lows for sexist comments from a sitting president — speak volumes about how Trump views women. They should be a warning sign about the rampant normalization of misogyny in the US political culture, and how it could affect our democracy more broadly. Hostile sexism is now the biggest — or among the top three — predictors of support for political violence and willingness to engage in it in survey research across multiple countries, including the US. We should be very concerned about how overt misogyny from political leaders may affect democracy, political violence and social cohesion.”

Miller-Idriss writes, “Some of this misogyny is cloaked as a call for a return to male leadership or more ‘masculine’ approaches over supposedly lesser feminine ones.” As examples, she notes Mark Zuckerberg’s call for more masculine energy in the corporate world, and Defense Secretary Hegseth’s announcing a return to the “highest male standards” for combat roles. She terms Trump’s bigger, bolder kind of misogyny taking center stage with his gendered slur as an attempt to disparage, belittle and put a woman in her place, an intent to insult and to erode the confidence and authority of a woman. The writer says it is no coincidence that Trump so easily reached for an animal slur to degrade and dehumanize a woman who was just doing her job. His slurs convey that a woman is insufficiently disciplined or slender, or that her behavior is unnatural, so aggressive that it can only be described as unhuman — similar to the popular slur ‘bitch,’ often directed at powerful or ambitious women whose behavior is cast as ‘uppity’ or difficult, and seen as insufficiently feminine, deferential, gentle, helpful or pleasing.

Miller-Idriss maintains that pairing ‘piggy‘ with an actual directive to be quiet makes it clearer that the goal is to silence women for speaking up, to punish her for daring to question Trump’s authority, a phrase that just popped out of his mouth spontaneously. Women who violate the unspoken rules about where they belong are met with swift reminders to stay in their place — such as the postelection celebratory chants and memes “get back in the kitchen” or “make me a sandwich.” She concludes: “‘Quiet, piggy‘ is only the latest terrible example. And if we stay quiet, the one thing we know is it won’t be the last.”

At this writing it’s too early to know if Trump will initiate his ‘stray cats‘ strategy for US District Judge Cameron Currie who dismissed the cases against former FBI Director James Comey and New York Attorney General Letitia James, by ruling that Trump’s retribution appointee, attorney Lindsey Halligan, was never eligible to assume that post. Cameron dismissed the indictments without prejudice, meaning another prosecutor could try to bring charges at a later time. It’s a good bet that Trump will continue to harass his perceived adversaries in any way possible since it’s taxpayer money footing the bill, so expect him to continue his technique of asking his DOJ to pinpoint his victim, then establish a crime.

Is it possible that President Trump is beginning to see the folly of his ways regarding his tariffs and the burden being place upon the American taxpayer? He has proposed sending $2,000 checks to “low and middle income” citizens, funded by tariff collections, with any money left over to go to “SUBSTANTIALLY PAY DOWN NATIONAL DEBT.” Middle class income ranges from $56,000 to $169,800, depending on residency location, but it is estimated that even if the proposal were capped at $100,000, the tariff revenue would not be enough to cover the cost of checks — and forget addressing the national debt! The Tax Foundation’s Erica York notes that about 150 million citizens earn less than $100,000, resulting in a $300 billion payout against the annual tariff revenue of $217 billion. Trump posted on social media, “We are taking in Trillions of Dollars and will soon begin paying down our ENORMOUS DEBT, $37 Trillion,” just as the Supreme Court is set to weigh in on the legality of his tariffs.

It has been reported that singer Katy Perry and former Canadian prime minister, Justin Trudeau, are “making plans for the holidays” after stepping out publicly as a couple. According to Harry Thompson of The Daily Beast, the Canadian politician who led his country for nine years “is much happier now, his stresses are greatly diminished. And he is intrigued by Katy.” As you might expect, Andy Borowitz, in his The Borowitz Report has contributed to this news: “In a move that has further imperiled relations between the US and its northern neighbor, on Monday Melania Trump hiked tariffs on Canada to 10,000% in retaliation for Katy Perry dating Justin Trudeau. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney attempted to mollify the First Lady by stressing that his government had no jurisdiction over the love lives of his predecessor and the pop star. But Mrs. Trump was unmoved, holding a White House press conference to blast the Trudeau-Perry romance. ‘There are many bad things in world right now,’ she said. ‘This be worst.‘”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“December”

“How did it get so late so soon? It’s night before it’s afternoon. December is here before it’s June. My goodness how the time has flewn. How did it get so late so soon?”
~Dr Seuss

“Winter is not a season, it’s a celebration.”
~Anamika Mishra

“Winter is the time for comfort, for good food and warmth, for the touch of a friendly hand and for a talk beside the fire: it is time for home.”
~Edith Sitwell

“What good is the warmth of summer, without the cold of winter to give it sweetness.”
~John Steinbeck

“It is December, and nobody asked if I was ready.”
~Sarah Kay

This is on Willpower and the Hot Stove Theory. It’s some good stuff!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 19 – 25, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Big Development… Steinbruner… back soon… Hayes… Wonderful Local People… Patton… A Call To Arms… Matlock… a paid vacation…clean hands…sleaze center… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you…a (short) TED talk… Quotes on… “Rain”

...

THE ORIGINAL EASTSIDE SANTA CRUZ POST OFFICE. There was a high school band, a squad of soldiers, and some unnamed dignitaries speaking at the actual dedication of the Post office on Februay 3, 1951. Most residents can tell that this is now the Hart Fabrics store at 1601 Seabright Avenue. And look what’s right next to it! The Roller Palladium! How fantastic is it that we still have a roller rink?!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

MOUNTAIN LIFE. I know I’m going on and on (and on and on…),

Donate to BrattonOnline

It was suggested to me that I put up a donation pitch again, as it’s been quite a while. Here goes:

BrattonOnline is a work of passion, with varying contributors that started around the core of Bruce (obviously) and Gunilla, who began doing this in 2003. We miss Bruce tremendously, and are doing our best to continue this work in his honor.

We don’t get paid, but there are costs associated with running a website. If you want to pitch in, we are ever so grateful!!

This button takes you to a secure donation form.

...

but I’m really just so stinkin’ happy up here in the mountains! This week, it got cold enough that we had our first fire in the kitchen fireplace. It was amazing! I’m going to need to get some marshmallows…

‘TIS THE SEASON! We got one of those huge (15ft!) “Worricrow” outdoor decorations from Home Depot for Halloween. We are not doing anything special with him for Thanksgiving, but we are repurposing him for Christmas. I foresee him getting dressed up for Easter and Midsummer, etc, because taking him down will be a major pain in the tuchus! I kind of like irreverent decorations, which is one reason I would never thrive in a neighborhood with a tightly controlled HOA…

HOLIDAY SCHEDULE HEADS UP. There are five columns left this year. Then we take a break over New Year’s, and will be back on (or about) January 7, 2026. I will try to refrain from saying anything about how each year feels shorter and time is speeding up, yadda, yadda, but heckin’ heck if 2026 does not sound CRAZY! July 2026 marks 30 years since I left Sweden and came here. I will have spent half my life in either country at that point…

I’m going to get out of the way for the column this week, and be back to see you next week. Stay safe, stay engaged, say hi to a neighbor, and look out for your community.

~Webmistress

...

New reviews next week!

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

November 17, 2025

Big Development Questions

Big development projects are lining up at city Planning like a good set at Cowell’s. One of many is a proposed eight story high rise that will swipe away the building that is home to Ace Hardware.

This 1950’s building has nice lines with big curving windows and is human scale. If we weren’t in a developer feeding frenzy, some thought might be given to its preservation. Long ago it showcased the latest Chevy in its windows. Its form, history and location embody a sense of place. Referring to that sixth sense, as Rebecca Solnit called it, makes newbies roll their eyes. You can’t expect to have a sense of place when you’re new, but you don’t need to sneer at it. Many long timers feel a visceral sense of loss when yet another small-scale familiar building is bulldozed. I’m not sure how a sense of place will be developed in the future. Glued to an online world will we notice our surroundings? Will new high-rise buildings have no character or individuality? In that respect the future is now in Santa Cruz and the answer is in.

When the Ace building is bulldozed, that will be the rollout of the first high rise in the designated Downtown Extension Area (DEA) aka Developer Eagerly Awaits. It is a project of Lincoln Properties Co. out of Texas. At eight stories, it is described by the developer as “poised to become a unique landmark and visceral statement to the Santa Cruz urban context.”  They go on: “contemporary metropolitan aesthetic, while maintaining a harmonious relationship with the heritage, character and urban vibe of Santa Cruz.” This gives me an instant visceral reaction.

The Texas project will be the first to opt for the City’s Alternative to the state Density bonus (DB). This alternative was a council attempt to cap the building heights in this area at 11 stories, otherwise, the heights could go to 20 stories, or higher under the state DB. The tradeoff for the developer is that they do not have to provide inclusionary (affordable) housing in the project. They commit to providing affordable housing elsewhere in the city so long as it is in the coastal zone. Apparently, this passed legal muster which surprises me since it essentially segregates people by class. The result is that the DEA will predictably become a high end, second or third home and short-term rental area. To call it a “new neighborhood” is sales talk. Market rate prices will be for the poorer amongst them. With non-stop live entertainment at the new Arena, and the luxury La Bahia just around the corner, this area has the Midas touch.

I wonder how Measure C fits into this tradeoff. The mayor’s quoted comments in Lookout that Measure C monies will be used to increase the number of affordable units in projects or deepen the affordability levels is not what I heard during the campaign. Then it was about leveraging other monies to make a big enough pot to fund 100% affordable projects. I assume many closed-door discussions and decisions drove the change. This interests me since one of the 2023-4 Grand Jury investigative reports, Housing for Whom? revealed that all city Resolutions since 1985 require inclusionary housing to go to low, very low and extremely low-income renters. But the city has been allowing people at moderate income levels to apply for inclusionary housing. The Grand Jury recommended that the city clarify this discrepancy. The city’s response was a word salad. If Measure C money is given as an incentive to developers to do what they are already required to do, then our money is indeed a give-away for developers.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky will be back soon! In the meantime, I’m leaving the blurb for her show, Community Matters, on Santa Cruz Voice.

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER. ATTEND A MEETING.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Wonderful Local People

Who should we thank for the environmental conservation work we see around us? A couple of weeks ago, I wrote about some of the people I appreciate who have contributed from the Native Peoples to organic farmers, from invasive plant warriors to conservation activists, and from those who work with Good Fire to those who immerse themselves in the fire of politics. Of course, that essay did not include all the factions and areas to be grateful for. So, this column continues that reflection.

Applied Conservation Science

Beyond the legacy and attention that indigenous people share, creating all that we see around us in Nature these days…we must thank scientists for shedding light on the things that need conserving and the ways that conservation works.

Applied science- what a rare field! I’ve mixed with lots of scientists and there is a (very) small subset that puts their minds to work on how to apply their genius towards environmental conservation. Mostly, noses go up or eyes go down, and the other types of scientists just can’t be bothered. I don’t blame them: life is hard and pressing real-world conservation dilemmas can definitely absorb one’s time, haunt one’s dreams, and form one’s social circles.

Scientists

I want to thank a few of those scientists that I have encountered making real, tangible conservation differences around the Monterey Bay. I’m sure that I am leaving some important ones for another day. R. Morgan easily deserves the highest praise: that man’s genius in so many areas of biology was awesome. I miss him. He showed us new species, highlighted and studied very special places worthy of conservation, and documented species occurrences in ways that will last generations. Jim West was his mentor (and mine and many others) and has as fine of mind for biology and natural history as anyone ever has had – he keeps inspiring more to pursue his scientific ideas. Tom Parker and Mike Vasey helped me and many others understand manzanitas and highlight the conservation importance of maritime chaparral. Karen Holl has been working for decades on coastal prairie restoration and conservation along with an amazing lineage of graduate students, some of whom continue to carry that torch. Jerry Smith, Joe Kiernan, and Leah Bond continue to awe me for their work to better understand and manage the endangered fish in our rivers and streams. Pete Raimondi and Mark Carr have together been instrumental in informing the creation of California’s marine protected areas and other important aspects of marine conservation, including how government agencies and university researchers can work together well and collaboratively. Finally, I want to recognize Chris Willmers for his leadership in researching and documenting mountain lions across our landscape. His work on these large carnivores has been, and will continue to be, so very important for designing ways to maintain biological landscape connectivity, recreational use of parks, and carnivore coexistence strategies. He has shown us that, without mountain lions, we lose so much more Nature.

Educators

The second group of nature conservationists I want to recognize are those who have taught and inspired others as their primary gift. Of course, the scientists above have a fair portion of their impact in this way, but there are a few others who mostly focused on that educational endeavor. Fred McPherson is the first person who comes to mind in this way. Fred’s strength was in collecting information and then sharing what he learned in the most inspirational and thought-provoking ways. Fred had the unusual gift of being able to reach people of all ages. I’m sure that his teaching made it possible for much of the conservation in the past 30 plus years. Julie Packard comes next to mind. Her work leading the Monterey Bay Aquarium and advocating for marine conservation has been so very important. Frans Lanting and Kris Eckstrom must also be thanked for their awe-inspiring photographic story telling: we are so lucky to have them in our community. Their recent work, Bay of Life, is a beautiful and inspiring tribute to the Monterey Bay including a print book, Metro Santa Cruz bus covering, school curricula, and more. Finally, I want to recognize Jane Orbuch an outstanding biology teacher for many years at San Lorenzo High and still active at helping people understand how important our local environment is.

How About You?

Who do you nominate for recognition for environmental conservation in the Monterey Bay region? I’ve given readers two essays sharing my gratitude for that kind of leadership in the following areas: organic farming, invasive plant control, activism, prescribed fire, politics, science, and education. There may be other categories and there certainly are more people to recognize. Please send me your ideas! We must keep the gratitude going. With such thankfulness, more people will recognize what it takes to do good for conservation and may be inspired to action.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Saturday, November 15, 2025

Above, I am presenting a picture of someone who has been working to strengthen her arms. Below, I am letting you know how Merriam-Webster defines the phrase, “A Call To Arms.” That phrase, as you will see, is the headline I have chosen for today’s blog posting. Here is that definition from Merriam-Webster (or definitions, really):

Call To Arms
(1) A summons to engage in active hostilities
(2) A summons, invitation, or appeal to undertake a particular course of action
Example: A political call to arms

In today’s blog posting, which I have named a “Call To Arms,” I am using the phrase in the second, not the first, sense listed by Merriam-Webster. The “Example” noted, which is exactly what I am talking about, is not actually identified by the dictionary as an “example.” That’s my word. I assume you’ll get my intent. A “political call to arms” is what I want to propose, as I am writing out this blog posting today.

I have been writing one blog posting per day, every day, since January 1, 2010, and I undertook this assignment as a personal exercise, to help me “think about” issues and ideas that seem relevant and important to me. As I have continued to pursue this discipline, I have become focused, ever more certainly, on what I call “politics.” We do “live in a political world,” and I have been thinking, more and more, about what “self-government” requires. I like my own phrasing, “self-government,” as superior to the more common term, “democracy,” because the term “self-government” emphasizes what I have come to think of as the most critical challenge confronting those of us who are living in the United States today – namely, the need for many more of us to become more directly and personally involved, ourselves, in what we feel it is natural to call “our” government.

The United States, as a nation, has a lot to atone for, but it has a lot to celebrate, too. Martin Luther King, Jr. did not, as he might have, spend his time criticizing the nation and its people for its historical failures (though he did make note of them, frequently). He spent his time calling the nation to the moral and very practical imperatives to which it needed to turn its attention: racial justice, economic justice, and an end to the unconstrained death and destruction to which the United States government was devoting the nation, by way of the War in Vietnam.

Today, of course, we must continue to address – forcefully, and as one of our highest priorities – the need to provide racial and economic justice to each and every person living in the United States. We also need to restore genuine citizen control over our government, which is responding, today, mostly to those with the most money. The Declaration of Independence, which outlined the revolutionary task that ultimately resolved itself by way of our Constitution (and the amendments to that Constitution) established a system that contemplates that we will use our collective powers to achieve the goals and objectives which the majority wish to achieve.

We also need to recognize “reality,” and start conforming our activities to the requirements that we apparently think we can ignore, the requirements that make it imperative that we treasure and protect the “environment” which sustains all life on this brilliant garden of a planet, hung like an ornament in the vast darkness of immeasurable space. Dealing with “Global Warming” is mandatory. Please read and consider what is presented, below.

This is a “Call To Arms.” 

After spending 178 days aboard the International Space Station, astronaut Ron Garan returned not just with scientific data but with a revelation he calls “the big lie.” Orbiting high above Earth, Garan was awestruck by the planet’s natural wonders – auroras swirling like living brushstrokes, and lightning storms flashing like camera bulbs on a global scale. But what struck him most was the paper-thin layer of atmosphere enveloping the planet a fragile, shimmering veil standing between all life and the void of space. In that moment, the Earth seemed both resilient and heartbreakingly vulnerable.

From his unique vantage point, Garan saw a planet with no borders, no political lines only one interconnected home. But on the ground, humanity continues to divide and exploit. He came to a stark realization: the world’s systems are upside down. Our economy treats the Earth as a disposable resource, a subsidiary of profit. To him, this illusion is the “big lie” the belief that growth should come before sustainability. Garan insists the correct hierarchy must be planet ? society ? economy a realignment that recognizes Earth’s survival as the foundation of all progress.

This isn’t a poetic abstraction it’s a practical warning. Garan’s space-borne epiphany compels us to rethink how we build policy, design infrastructure, and relate to nature. If our atmosphere so breathtakingly thin is compromised, so is everything beneath it. From this celestial vantage, the urgency of Earth’s challenges becomes undeniable. Whether it’s climate change, resource depletion, or social inequality, every crisis is linked to our failure to prioritize the planet first.

Ron Garan’s message, delivered with the quiet gravity of someone who’s actually seen our world from the outside, is a plea for awareness and action. He reminds us that we live on “a paradise in the cosmos” a world that is incredibly rare, unimaginably beautiful, and desperately in need of our care.

Credits: Based on insights and public reflections from astronaut Ron Garan, as shared in interviews, books, and global talks following his time aboard the International Space Station (ISS).

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

FBI INFORMANT, LIQUOR IS FEAR, CURRENCY IS LOYALTY

A recent report from Drop Site News detailing Jeffrey Epstein’s international influence in assisting to broker a defense agreement between Israel and Côte d’Ivoire led Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene to suggest that the bombshell news might keep the House of Representatives out of session throughout next year. Drop Site had previously reported on Epstein’s brokering of a security cooperation agreement between Israel and Mongolia, as well as helping to establish a backchannel for Israel to communicate with Russia during the Syrian Civil War. Of course, we know that the extended recess will not be in the cards, with the end of the government shutdown, also coinciding with release of Epstein emails, and forcing Speaker Johnson to throw in the towel on the prolonged vacation he gave the governing body. The Speaker had the ability to reconvene the House, even with the shutdown, with critics arguing that he was following the president’s directive to avoid a vote on an Epstein-related piece of legislation. The legislation in question was a discharge petition filed by Representative Thomas Massie which would compel the Justice Department to release all of its files on Epstein, and requiring 218 signatures, being one short with Johnson’s refusal to swear in Representative-elect Adelita Grijalva from Arizona.

Johnson’s efforts to protect the MAGA cult leader led him to lie that Trump was once an FBI informant given the duty of gathering incriminating evidence on Epstein, but he later had to walk that one back, wearing his boyish grin. The New Republic’s reporting has senior Republicans privately admitting that the Epstein files are potentially worse for Trump than previously thought, and former insiders now allege that the photos and documents held by the FBI will expose the president’s deep ties to the convicted sex trafficker. The fight about transparency, accountability, and truth terrifies the MAGA gang, who can see what’s left of Trump’s credibility being destroyed among the faithful. Speaker Johnson is holding relatively steady, accusing Democrats of zero accomplishments, adding that Jeffrey Epstein is their “entire game plan.” “President Trump has clean hands. He’s not worried about it. I talk to him all the time. He has nothing to do with this. He’s frustrated that they’re turning this into a political issue,” Johnson told Fox News.

David Shuster writes on Blue Amp Media that Trump and his enablers have converted the Situation Room, a chamber of national vigilance for the often grave business of safeguarding the nation, into a sleazy coordination center against the Epstein scandal. Last week, AG Pam BondiDeputy AG Todd Blanche, and FBI Director Kash Patel packed themselves into that secure vault in an attempt to coerce Congresswoman Lauren Boebert into withdrawing her name from Thomas Massie’s petition demanding that the FBI and DOJ release all the Epstein files. “It was Trumpism on full display: the art of turning every instrument of the federal government into a personal weapon. Cell phones won’t work in a SCIF and must be kept outside to prevent recordings. And everything said in the Situation Room is shielded not just from the outside world, but from the rest of the White House. The ambiance is deadly serious and stately. A contrast, of course, with the self-absorbed and tacky Trump. He cannot tell the difference between national security and his own political security; between classified secrets and personal embarrassments; between the power of the President and the extended and ongoing act of vandalism.”

Shuster asks us to picture the scene beneath the buzzing fluorescents, and beside the hum of surveillance screens, the three top law enforcement officers together not tracking an enemy or manage a national crisis, but to cajole a “Congressional backbencher into conformity and silence.” He calls the Situation Room a “holy bunker of national security turned into an immoral brew pub, where the liquor is fear and the currency is loyalty.” The documents from Epstein’s estate chronicle Trump’s name repeatedly, establishing that Trump and Epstein were best friends for over a decade, with contacts advising that those materials being withheld by the administration are even more graphic and disturbing than those seen publicly. The materials include grand jury testimony, witness statements, victim interviews, photographs, and videos, indicating that Trump’s denials and accusations about a “democratic hoax” are merely a ploy to prevent the swamp from being drained.

In conclusion, Shuster writes: “In any halfway decent America, this would provoke a constitutional crisis. In ours, among far too many republicans, it provokes a shrug…Our nation’s founders warned of tyranny, not anticipating a farce. They imagined a Caesar, not a demented carnival barker with a spray tan and social media addiction…a grotesque sideshow…Trump’s lobbying antics did nothing except underscore his weakness…Lauren Boebert wasn’t intimidated…and now, more republicans are joining the jail break.” Former federal prosecutor Neama Rahmani said that President Trump, despite his best efforts, has exhausted his efforts to block the “Epstein Train,” as it is characterized by CNN’s Fredricka WhitfieldRepresentative Melanie Stansbury, sitting on the House committee actively investigating Jefferey Epstein and potential co-conspirators, predicted that the fallout from an impending vote would be as “explosive as Watergate. We know that the White House is engaged in a cover-up. I think we can see the cracks in his strategy…the president went full-bore attack on Marjorie Taylor Greene… trying to make an example of her.”

Stansbury says that the Trump administration has already failed to comply with lawful requests of her committee’s subpoena powers, calling the non-compliance by the White House and the DOJ another stalling tactic. Trump’s response has been an announcement that the Attorney General will be asked to launch an investigation into Epstein’s ties with former President Bill Clinton, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers and other Democratic Party figures. “This is another Russia, Russia, Russia Scam, with all arrows pointing to the Democrats. Records show that these men, and many others, spent large portions of their life with Epstein, and on his ‘Island.’ Stay tuned!!!

Trump is completely panicked,” said Representative Robert Garcia, ranking member of the House Oversight Committee. “He is desperate. He knows the American public is all now lining up to fight to ensure that the release of the files actually happens, and he’s doing everything that he can to intimidate, to politicize and weaponize the government to stop the files from being released.” Garcia predicts that the discharge petition will sail through the House without an issue. Ben Meiselas of MeidasTouch points out that “Trump is crashing out, erupting online, unleashing tirade after tirade at members of his own party and spiraling into increasingly erratic behavior, all in the wake of the 23,000 Epstein emails whose release has shattered what remains of Trump’s political equilibrium.” Meiselas says it is an extraordinary and deeply disturbing fact that Trump’s name appears on more than half to the Epstein email threads, and that the president’s reaction is somehow even more revealing…”this is not strategy. This is collapse.”

Trump is soft on pedophiles!” wrote Dede Watson, a social media consultant and strategtist, when she heard that Jeffrey Epstein’s partner-in-crime, Ghislaine Maxwell might be privileged to leave her minimum security prison for ‘work assignments.’ Maxwell has been the subject of countless reports in recent weeks after the Trump administration transferred the British socialite to her low security prison in Texas, and which recently resulted in the firing of some staff members after they provided information about her special treatment. She is clearly angling for a presidential pardon to assist Trump in making the Epstein problem go away, but it appears the scandal is only escalating because the red-hatted horde wants names — and the heads that go with them.

The fired whistleblower revealed that Maxwell has customized meals prepared by federal prison camp employees and then personally delivered to her cell, and is also provided snacks and refreshments for her guests who meet with her in a special cordoned-off area. She is allowed to go alone after hours to the exercise area, and has a special proviso to contact people outside the jail with the help of the prison warden or other personnel. Ranking member of the House Judiciary CommitteeJaimie Raskin, has written to the president about ‘Documents and information received…indicating that Dr. Tanisha Hall, the warden at the Bryan, Texas facility, has federal law enforcement staff waiting on Ms. Maxwell hand and foot. The deference and servility to Ms. Maxwell have reached such preposterous levels that one of the top officials at the facility has complained that he is ‘sick of having to be Maxwell’s bitch.’ Raskin is demanding that Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche be made available for a public hearing before the committee “to answer for the corrupt misuse of law enforcement resources and potential exchange of favors for false testimony exonerating you and other Epstein accomplices.”

To top it all off, Maxwell has been given a puppy as part of her preferential treatment says the whistleblower, an inmate who trains puppies to become service dogs. The sex offender is allowed to play with the animal for a specified period of time, a favor not granted to other inmates or staff who are not allowed to touch them as part of the training regime. Animal lovers need to speak out on this issue! Who knows how she might corrupt a poor defenseless puppy into becoming a total failure at serving mankind!

Conservative attorney George Conway suggests that Trump would be toying with fate should he offer Maxwell a pardon after she was convicted of child sex trafficking and felony conspiracy along with other charges. Conway says that we may not remember what Roger Stone and Paul Manafort were charged with, and were convicted, but who can forget what Maxwell’s conviction was about? “It’s very simple. It’s like it’s worse than just the abstract. You know, this went on for years. This is what, a thousand victims? Ghislaine Maxwell was right there telling them what to do, how to do it, taking their passports away so they couldn’t get off Epstein Island, okay? This is not going to work for Donald Trump, okay? He does this, he’s pushing a big bomb to blow himself up,” says Conway. Back in JulySpeaker Johnson told Kristen Welker on ‘Meet the Press‘ that Maxwell’s 20-year sentence was “a pittance…it should be a life sentence, at least.” Trump’s former White House press secretary Sean ‘Spicey’ Spicer warned his old boss that unprecedented fallout would ensue should he issue a pardon to the notorious sex trafficker, “Outrage like never before — this will transcend partisan lines…I hope to God nobody in the White House has led him to believe that that’s the case, that it would be a smart move.”

Satirist Andy Borowitz brings his take on The Borowitz Report: “In what experts are calling one of the most remarkable comebacks for a convicted sex offender in recent memory, on Friday Donald J. Trump announced that he was replacing Attorney General Pam Bondi with Ghislaine Maxwell. Explaining his decision, Trump said, ‘Pam said there was a client list, and Ghislaine said there isn’t. So I have decided Ghislaine would be better at this job than Pam.’ In another stunning reversal of fortune, Trump announced that Bondi would be taking Maxwell’s place in prison, adding, ‘I wish her well.’ He said he was confident that Maxwell would receive speedy confirmation by Senate Republicans, noting, ‘If they confirmed Hegseth they’ll confirm anyone.'”

In a startling reversal, late on SundayTrump reversed his stand on release of the Epstein files, writing on social media, “We have nothing to hide, and it’s time to move on from this Democrat Hoax perpetrated by Radical Left Lunatics in order to deflect from the Great Success of the Republican Party.” He now says House Republicans should vote to release the files after previously fighting the proposal, even as a growing number of the MAGA base supported doing so. The president’s change of heart is an acknowledgment that supporters of the measure have enough votes to pass it in the House, although a possible verdict in the Senate is still unclear. So, why the big arm-twisting meeting in the Situation Room? As Marjorie Taylor Greene has been saying, “I have no idea what’s in the files. I can’t even guess. But that is the question everyone is asking, ‘Why fight this so hard?‘” To be continued…strategy or collapse?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Rain”

“How beautiful it is outside when everything is wet from the rain – before – in – and after the rain. I oughtn’t to let a single shower pass.”
~Vincent Van Gogh

“Yes the rain is cold, miserable, depressing, and wet… but you know what else it is? Temporary.” ~Patrick Allen

“Raise your words, not your voice. It is rain that grows flowers, not thunder.”
~Rumi

“Life isn’t about waiting for the storm to pass, it is about learning to dance in the rain.”
~Vivian Greene

“There is no bad weather, only bad clothes.”
~Swedish proverb

The first thing this photographer talks about is something I remember having a whole epiphany about as a teenager. It’s a good TED talk – check it out!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 12 – 18, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the civil grand jury: an overlooked arm of democracy… Steinbruner… BESS storage, Community Matters, Capitola Annexes Live Oak?… Hayes… What’s the Opposite of Fascism?… Patton… Rhymes With “Mayonnaise”… Matlock… splinters…silence is intolerable…opinions provided… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Pete Townshend… Quotes on… “Thanksgiving”

...

CAFÉ PERGOLESI BACK IN THE DAY. This, as we all know, was Dr. Miller Dentist’s office at the corner of Cedar and Elm Streets in Santa Cruz. At least it was on January 20, 1954 when this photo was taken. Dentist Miller lived and operated here “around the turn of the last century”. Do note the classic Studebaker.

Perg’s has now, sadly, been gone for several years. I believe something was set to open there, having something to do with pizza, and then the pandemic happened…

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

HERE COMES THE RAIN AGAIN… I’m curious, do you have certain words or phrases that you can’t read or hear without hearing a particular song or movie that they appear in? Like how you may have heard Annie Lennox from Eurythmics just now? I know I do. I realized just how much this is the case once when I walked into a bank and saw a poster that said, “Let’s get down to business”, and immediately sang (under my breath), “and defeat the huns!”… Depending on the day, my mood, or the position of the stars, “My name is…” can be followed by 1) “Elder Price, and I would like to share with you this most amazing book.”, 2) “Inigo Montoya. You killed my father. Prepare to die.”, or 3) “What? My name is who? My name is *fricka fricka* Slim Shady.”… See what I mean? What are some of yours? Email me at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com and let me know!

THAT RAIN THOUGH… It has been raining a bit. Up here on the mountain, it’s pretty cozy! I’m not loving it when the power goes out, but I think some sort of generator or battery situation is going to be set up here at the Mountain Forge soon. We are also lucky enough to have functioning fireplaces, so the thought of winter doesn’t scare me. Now pardon me while I go knit a sweater. See you next week!

~Webmistress

...

BEING EDDIE. Netflix. Movie. (7 IMDb) *
“I’ve never been the real me, ever, on screen,” Eddie Murphy on David Letterman 2006

… and this documentary does little to change that.

As a biopic, it’s surprisingly thin, skimming the surface of a life that’s anything but ordinary. As a career retrospective, though, it functions well enough, offering a highlight reel of Murphy’s remarkable range and the admiration he inspires among peers.

The problem is that none of those peers – nor the filmmakers – seem interested in exploring the person behind the performances. A documentary doesn’t need to be a tabloid excavation, but this one feels almost determined not to ask any meaningful questions. The result is a film that runs a bit long without any moment to give it texture.

I walked away wanting to revisit “48 Hrs.” and “Trading Places”, but not especially glad I’d sat through this to get there. In the end, it’s not really worth the watch.
~Sarge

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.

I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

...

November 10, 2025

The Civil Grand Jury: A democratic tradition

When hearing of the Civil Grand Jury, most assume it’s where you can be summoned to serve on a jury trial if you are a citizen. Or, if they know it’s the volunteer civil grand jury system that has oversight over local government functions, there’s a tendency to view it as ineffective, to not take it seriously. Having served on the Civil Grand Jury for 2023-24 and just returned from a state-wide conference of the Civil Grand Jury Association (CGJA), I want to encourage you to better understand this, your democratic institution- erased by all states except California and Nevada- and to consider applying to be a civil grand juror.

The institution of the Grand Jury has a considerable history, dating from 12th century England. The first formal grand jury was established in Massachusetts in 1635. By 1683 grand juries were established in all the colonies. The Fifth Amendment of the US Constitution includes reference to the grand jury; however, states vary in whether a grand jury indictment is needed for all crimes. Twenty-five states including CA make indictments optional. The civil watchdog function of grand juries, while historically one of its functions, emerged more prominently in the 19th century. By the latter half of the 20th century, most states had weakened or discontinued the watchdog function of the grand juries. Currently only California and Nevada mandate that  civil grand juries be impaneled annually to specifically function as a watchdog over local government. Each CA county is required to empanel a civil grand jury. The by-laws around confidentiality are strict. Investigations are rigorous with all facts cited and cross-referenced. A supermajority of jurors is required to approve each report. County counsel and the supervising judge must review each report before publication to confirm it maintains the confidentiality of information and doesn’t exceed its legal purview. For a full history see the CGJA website.

Before I served my year on the grand jury, I shared the view typical of many local political activists; that the grand jury was a bit of a joke, that nobody took it seriously, especially not local government.

That view was a mistake. It served to dismiss an institution that gives the public a legal avenue to document government waste, inefficiency, and in some cases, corruption, and to make those findings public and to recommend changes. The grand jury has public oversight over local governmental agencies and special districts including the jails. It does not, however, have the power to mandate that local agencies adopt its recommendations. It can only shine a light on local government that the press and the public must then amplify and pursue.

Once a grand jury report is published with its findings and recommendations, an agency has ninety days to respond. The past three years of published reports show about a third of the recommendations were checked as “will be implemented.” Future grand juries follow up to determine whether this claim is accurate.

A government agency will sometimes initially refuse to adopt a grand jury recommendation, only to adopt it themselves a few months or a year later.  This switch recently happened in Santa Cruz. One of the investigative reports from the Grand Jury of 2023-24, was titled, Housing for Whom? An Investigation of Inclusionary Housing in the City of Santa Cruz. The investigation uncovered that the city has no record or tracking system to verify who is occupying this scarce, below market rate housing, other than confirming the income level. There’s a lot of lip service paid to providing affordable housing for our local workforce but no evidence to show that it is happening. The grand jury recommendation was that the city adopt a tracking and verification mechanism to ensure that residents and local workers receive preference for such housing; the preferences themselves already mandated in the city’s Municipal Code. The city basically said “no” to the recommendations. Their response was frustrating after a year’s work and a clear need for accountability.

Then came Measure C. Named as the Workforce Housing Accountability Act, it contained no mechanism for ensuring that its listed preferences for affordable housing would in fact go to residents and local workers. A group of local activists, including myself, pressed the issue, drew up a Resolution incorporating a mechanism to check and verify, gained the support of two councilmembers, and ultimately a unanimous vote from the city council with no opposition from staff or city attorney. The actual ordinance is slated to return to council in January 2026. Of course, there is a need to keep engaged to ensure the final ordinance expresses the intent of the council vote. Anything less would be a betrayal of public trust.

Given the amount of criticism against local government on Next Door and letters to the editor, you would think that folks would be lining up to apply to be a civil grand juror. In fact, the pool of applicants is shrinking annually. Nineteen jurors are needed each year. The final count includes eleven alternates since the resignation rate is high.

After you pass an interview and are accepted as an applicant by the supervising judge, the selection of who will become jurors is made with an old-fashioned spinning lottery barrel. I rather liked that feature, except I was randomly chosen as last of the alternates! I was assured that alternates are always needed and indeed it wasn’t long before I was sworn in and set to work.

The lack of people applying is understandable. It is very hard work. The time required is not overstated at twenty hours a week although taking on responsibilities can vary. It is also an incredible experience. But the time required excludes anyone with a fixed full- time job. Most jurors are retired older folk like me. We are fabulous but want to attract more young jurors. And more jurors of color. At the CGJA conference, recruitment was a big issue. Success with recruiting a university student was mentioned so, visits to Political Science classes at UCSC and Cabrillo are in order.

Overall, we need to value this democratic institution and use it to improve local government efficiency and transparency. Hopefully some of you will consider applying to become a juror. Or bring a concern/complaint about local government to the attention of the Civil Grand Jury. Both can be explored here.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
CAPITOLA ANNEXING PARTS OF LIVE OAK?

Thursday evening, the Capitola City Council voted not to annex areas of Live Oak and Pleasure Point, but in my opinion, had poor information.

This was all initiated by a 2022 Santa Cruz County LAFCO report that recommended Capitola either submit a plan for annexing the large areas of Live Oak and Pleasure Point that lie within the City’s Sphere of Influence, or take action to amend their Sphere of Influence by May, 2027 when the next LAFCO evaluation would be due.  The City determined it would require a $45,000 study to move forward, and asked LAFCO to help pay for it.  That request was granted, to the tune of $15,000.

The study was presented to the Capitola City Council on November 13, providing data of revenues expected but vaguely alluded to expected increased expenses, reported only as percentages of increase without any data to support it.

The Council unanimously rejected the idea of expanding the City’s boundaries, largely because there would be a big increase in police demand.
Hmmmm…I spoke with Chief of Police Sarah Ryan afterward.  She said the proposed areas of annexation do not have a significant demand for law enforcement response.  The only other expanded service that would have been affected would be Parks & Recreation.  The only park that would have been added is Floral Park, a very small space.

Hmmmm… It will be interesting to see what LAFCO does when it next meets in February, 2026.

City of Capitola Annexation Study Areas [pdf]

RSG, Inc. gathered data from City and Santa Cruz County staff to analyze the financial impacts of potential annexation. One important revenue source challenging to research due to confidentiality requirements was the Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) revenue within the County. Staff ultimately relied on the number of short-term rentals in the SOI, and their exact locations, and evaluated them against comparable short-term rentals within the City of Capitola’s to estimate revenue.

Because current analysis does not point to annexation being financially feasible or advantageous, City staff asked that RSG pause their work to present their initial findings before conducting time-consuming interviews with City Departments to begin estimating projected new City costs, though this was initially part of their scope of work.

Staff suggest the study be submitted to LAFCO and the City’s sphere of influence be adjusted by LAFCO. Before approving a revised Capitola SOI, the LAFCO Board will receive options from LAFCO staff, who have offered to partner with Capitola City staff on this endeavor. The City of Capitola’s LAFCO representative will also have the opportunity to make comments and vote on the revised SOI before it is approved.

Capitola City Council Agenda Report

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY SUPERVISORS CONSIDER NEW RULES FOR GRID-SCALE BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE PROJECTS

Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors November 18 review of the Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) and how you can participate. It is scheduled for 1:30pm Tuesday, and the meeting will be held in the basement of 701 Ocean Street Gov’t Bldg. It is in hybrid format, and will hopefully provide Spanish translation. Board of Supervisors, Current And Upcoming Meetings

Find helpful information here: Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz

NOTE: COUNTY STAFF HAS ADVISED DUPLICATE SENDING OF ALL WRITTEN COMMENTS SUBMITTED ON THE COMMENT PORTAL TO INDIVIDUAL SUPERVISORS AND THEIR ANALYSTS, DUE TO “PROCESSING TIME” OF COMMENTS ON THE PORTAL.  Find their contact information here:
Board of Supervisors

LISTEN AND BE HEARD
SantaCruzVoice.com is a great local platform that airs a variety of programs daily, available to listeners free, from anywhere in the world, by listening in via computer or smart device.   I host a weekly program there on Fridays, 2pm-4pm Pacific Time, called “Community Matters”

Here’s last Friday’s guests, topics, and schedule:
Hour One: (2:15pm-3pm)  Capitola resident Mr. Tom Ginsburg will lead discussion of how his neighborhood has responded to questionable tactics  a developer has taken in Capitola for an affordable housing project at 3720 Capitola Road, what the City staff has done, and how the neighborhood has taken action with the Capitola City Council.  

Hour Two:  (3:15pm-4pm)  Local Researcher Ms. Nina Beety will discuss the harms related to MBARI employing very high decibel levels for its geophysical mapping surveys above levels that experts say are injurious.  MBARI has responded dismissively.  

With many people now alarmed about possible oil and gas drilling in the Monterey Bay National Sanctuary, shouldn’t we be just as alarmed by potential harm to marine life by MBARI researchers using very high-decibel tactics happening now?

Also, we discussed the upcoming Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors November 18 review of the Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) and how you can participate.

Find helpful information here.

The program will be recorded and posted on the Santa Cruz Voice.com website, under “Current Shows” and “Community Matters”.

Listen in!

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND THE NOVEMBER 18 COUNTY SUPERVISOR MEETING FOR THE 1:30PM HEARING ON NEW RULES THAT COULD ALLOW LARGE FLAMMABLE BATTERY PROJECTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD.

MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
What’s the Opposite of Fascism?

The type of governance matters for environmental conservation. I have long celebrated the potential of democracy to produce what we all want: peace on Earth and the wellbeing of human kind and Nature. In recent memory, environmental conservation wasn’t a partisan issue…what a long way we’ve come – in the wrong direction.

Antifa

I was surprised to hear that Antifa has been proclaimed by the president to be a domestic terrorist organization. I wasn’t aware that it was an organization, but I haven’t really looked into it. Perusing the amazing resources on the internet, I found that the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security categorizes domestic terrorism in several ways, all of which include the use of violence in contravention of law (I suppose this discounts warfare) to intimidate the population, influence policy, or affect the ability of the government to conduct its regular business:

  • Racially or Ethnically Motivated Violent Extremism
  • Anti-Government or Anti-Authority Violent Extremism

(What is the non-governmental “authority” that they are concerned about?)

  • Animal Rights or Environmental Violent Extremism
  • Abortion-Related Violent Extremism
  • And “Other” including “related to religion, gender, or sexual orientation.”

Antifa would all into the second bullet, if it were indeed an organization. So would the Proud Boys and the Oath Keepers, two organizations that have not similarly been called out explicitly by the President, though he did pardon members of both groups involved in the January 6th issues. What about the group “Patriot Prayer,” which is also a violent group that intimidates the population?

Antifa stands for “Anti Fascism” – at the most recent Indivisible rally in Santa Cruz, I was surprised by how few people knew that. Many had never heard of the (non)group or the President’s proclamation about it. Search all you want, you won’t find any evidence of such a group. Imaginary groups do not meet our government’s definition.

Fascism Definition

Miriam Webster: “a populist political philosophy, movement, or regime (such as that of the Fascisti) that exalts nation and often race above the individual, that is associated with a centralized autocratic government headed by a dictatorial leader, and that is characterized by severe economic and social regimentation and by forcible suppression of opposition”

Parts of this definition are at work in the USA currently, though the best of minds suggest we aren’t really in a fascist state. It is better to pick out the parts that fit and follow their trajectory. “Autocratic” – we aren’t quite there, but it seems more so than any time in memory. “Dictatorial” – well, what do you think? “Severe economic and social regimentation” – seems to me we are headed that way. “Forcible suppression of the opposition” – looking more and more like it: close the government instead of negotiating…don’t swear in new members of Congress.

Profa

Newton’s Third Law: For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.

George Bush: “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.”

So…in this black-and-right world of Bush’s, if you are against (the imaginary) Antifa, does that make you Profa? Is anyone pro fascism? Presidential popularity polls would suggest that we have 42% of the US population that approves of Trump. Since we aren’t fascist yet, we can’t call them Profa or “pro-fascist,” but wouldn’t that be the ‘equal and opposite reaction’ to the Trump administration’s declaration about Antifa?

If we are to follow Newsome’s lead, we should meet the ludicrous with the ludicrous. So, if you have the gumption, why not start naming the people who must be members of Profa.

Eco-Fascism

Yes, fascists can be environmentalists, too. Nazi Germany was very pro-environment. The path to fascism is autocracy, so we must be wary of that trend when we look at anything in our culture. Californians should be proud of their Antifa law, the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), which guarantees public disclosure and the opportunity for public involvement in decision-making that affects our environment. But, oh wait, Newsom and our legislature is rolling back CEQA (thanks John Laird for not joining them!). Is Newsom Profa?

Examine the Trend

Examine any of our public processes, from minor to major, and report back about if those are being moderated in true respect for CEQA or any other means of public input. I have followed many decision-making processes and am here to testify on my experience: yes, right here in Santa Cruz, we have been in an autocratic regime for the last many years. It is evident that decision makers are just going through the motions of approving whatever the more monied interests have decided is good, checking boxes for public process guidance in such a way that they avoid lawsuits, but in no way sincerely involving the public. When even our more ‘progressive’ communities have shifted in this way, why is it that we expect something different from the President? And who will cheer the election of Newsom and any other ‘leader’ who is on ‘the other team,’ even if they are autocrats.

It is time for something different. We need something different if we want a future for Planet Earth.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...
November 10, 2025

Pictured is Edward Bernays, sometimes called “the father of modern consumer culture.” Yes, his name does rhyme with “mayonnaise.” I mention that because “mayonnaise” is made by melding individual ingredients into a soft and pliable condiment that obscures the fact that the individual ingredients from which it is made are actually quite distinct. Our modern world, a world that Bernays has done so much to help bring into being, can also be seen as a world that so well obscures our individual selves that we no longer even recognize what has happened to us.

I have written about Bernays before, though only indirectly, and without even mentioning his name. My non-explicit allusion to Bernays occurred in an earlier blog posting that referenced Zeynep Tufekci’s wonderful article, “Engineering The Public: Big Data, Surveillance and Computational Politics.”

If you’d like to read what Tufekci has to say about the impact that Bernays has had upon our society, and upon our politics, and upon our economy, please click the link that I have just provided. Here is a “quick hit” from her article:

The rise of broadcast media altered dynamics of politics in fundamental ways. Public relations pioneer Edward Bernays explained the root of the problem in his famous “Engineering of consent” article where, discussing the impact of broadcast on politics, he argued that the cliché “the world has grown smaller” was actually false (Bernays, 1947). The world is actually much bigger and today’s leaders, he pointed out, are farther removed from the public compared to the past. The world feels smaller partly because modern communication allows these leaders, potent as ever, to communicate and persuade vast numbers of people, and to “engineer their consent” more effectively.

Bernays saw this as an unavoidable part of any democracy. He believed, like Dewey, Plato and Lippmann had, that the powerful had a structural advantage over the masses. However, Bernays argued that the techniques of “engineering of consent” were value–neutral with regard to message. He urged well–meaning, technologically and empirically enabled politicians to become “philosopher–kings” through techniques of manipulation and consent engineering.

This current blog posting, with the picture of Bernays at the top, was not inspired by Tufekci’s article (though I really do urge anyone reading this blog posting to check out what Tufekci has to say). The picture comes from a more recent essay by Jeremy Lent, who has also been mentioned before in my series of daily blog postings, now heading into its sixteenth year. Here is a link to Lent’s article, “Mind Control: It’s Happening To You Right Now.”

Lent’s article (definitely recommended) points out that we are more and more living in an “online world,” and that this fact makes it increasingly easy to manipulate us. The “broadcast media” about which Bernays wrote is but a pale adumbration of the kind of media that is being used to influence us today – media that are delivering tailored, individual messages straight to our brains, with even those sitting or standing right next to us having no idea what we are seeing as “reality,” since other people are getting profoundly different messages about what is “real,” and what is “not real,” even though they live in the same household, city or town, state, or nation.

Let me reiterate what I have said before. It is time for each one of us to realize what is going on, and to cut ourselves off from the manipulations to which we are now succumbing. To do that will require us to return to the “real world,” and one way to do that (and maybe the only way) is to “find some friends.”

“Real” friends is what I mean, the “flesh and blood” kind of friends, who may well be our last hope. Those who stay within the online realities in which they now, increasingly, live – which “realities” are minutely targeted to appeal just to them, will be “catfished” continually. If we all stay there, and if we don’t return to the “common world” which used to be the only world we had, we can just forget about “e pluribus unum,” and that will be a problem.

Trust me. It really WILL be a problem. Since we are, inevitably, in this world together, our failure to find the common ground that is actually under our feet, and which is the actual foundation upon which all of our lives are built, is not only going to be a “problem.” Such a failure will prove to be fatal.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
THE LONG GAME, FOX NEWS LOONS, MORE PAIN, TAX FREE

People for the American Way website has a new report entitled Confirmed Judges, Confirmed Fears, in which they evaluate how far Trump’s judges and justices are inclined to rule in his favor as the president goes for the long game — no short-term power grab for him! In September through October, the report highlights 14 new rulings that undermine civil rights, environmental protections, and those agencies meant to serve our population. The organization expresses alarm that these results show exactly why Trump’s judicial legacy continues to be one the most dangerous aspects of his gangster regime.

Upholding Trump’s authority are decisions that splinter our rights, each one accentuates the importance of fighting against confirming judges nominated by Trump. People for the American Way track the various rulings, document patterns, and make the particulars available to journalists, activists, and lawmakers, for which they also provide a database. Among those disturbing decisions by various Trump judges is a case letting coal companies off the hook for black lung disease; another granted broad immunity to prison officials accused of serious abuse and denying justice to those that were harmed; a district judge allowed the administration to terminate billions in climate change grants, and halt foreign aid already approved by Congress; and, a most egregious one — the Supreme Court voted to uphold Trump’s authority to fire officials protected by law, thereby gutting oversight and accountability.

Steve Schmidt writes on The Warning of Judge Mark Wolf, a 78-year old serving since 1985 after being nominated and confirmed by the US Senate to serve a life term. Wolf has resigned from a job that he loved, explaining in his article in The Atlantic, that appointed at 38 years old, he eagerly looked forward to public service for the rest of his life. He gives his simple reason: “I no longer can bear to be restrained by what judges can say publicly or do outside the courtroom. President Donald Trump is using the law for partisan purposes, targeting his adversaries while sparing his friends and donors from investigation, prosecution, and possible punishment. This is contrary to everything that I have stood for in my more than 50 years in the Department of Justice and on the bench. The White House’s assault on the rule of law is so deeply disturbing to me that I feel compelled to speak out. Silence, for me, is now intolerable.”

Schmidt calls Wolf’s resignation a great service for the country with his powerful dissent against a metastasizing corruption that destroys justice, liberty and democracy. Schmidt writes, “The president of the United States, a sick, twisted and sinister man, has desecrated his oath of office. He has unleashed the power of the state against innocent Americans — per his promise — using his power to seek revenge, retribution and payback against his enemies, real and imagined. He has directed his malignant attorney general and a bevy of hideously deranged prosecutors — a mix of Fox News loons and vapid beauty queens — with a deep disdain for the law to lock up his political enemies as if America was the Soviet Union. What is happening in America is real, dangerous and unjust.”

Schmidt quotes federal judge Sara Ellis in her ruling about the obscenity code-named ‘Midway Blitz‘ which was led by liar and fascist Greg Bovino: “The government would have people believe instead that the Chicagoland area is in a vice hold of violence, ransacked by rioters and attacked by agitators. That simply is untrue, and the government’s own evidence in this case belies that assertion.” Schmidt charges that Trump has turned federal law enforcement into his Gestapo, and set it loose on the American people, targeting innocent Americans for prosecution because he hates them. He points out that Trump has ordered the US military to direct weapons at the American people; he has ordered the murder of more than 70 people on the high seas, without any credible evidence or legal authority; there are long lines at food banks across the country, but champagne continues to flow at Mar-a-Lago; and, Ghislaine Maxwell awaits at her Texas ‘Club Fed‘ looking forward to a pardon.

Liar/fascist/assistant deputy attorney general Todd Blanche recently threatened the arrest of California’s Governor Newsom, his attorney general Rob BontaUS Representative Nancy Pelosi, and San Francisco District Attorney Brooke Jenkins for interference of federal agents and officers who “are tirelessly working to keep America safe.” The speech policeman says, “You have a right to watch your mouth, you have a right to my opinion, and if you don’t have an opinion, one will be provided for you.” ICE isn’t enforcing federal law, they are enforcing the whims of a madman, a demented traitorous sociopath. J. David McSwane and Hannah Allam of ProPublica write about ICE storming into Santa Ana, California in June, resulting in panicked calls flooding the city’s emergency response system to report masked men ambushing and forcing residents into unmarked cars. Complaints to the mayor and the police chief had little chance of holding individual agents accountable for alleged abuses with no way to identify them. There are virtually no limits on what Trump’s agents can do to achieve his goal of mass deportations, and Santa Ana is only providing a template for larger raids and more violent arrests.

Kat Lonsdorf reports on NPR that Trump has talked of invoking the Insurrection Act many times, especially in regard to deploying the National Guard. In doing so, to allow troops to help with immigration enforcement; it’s also something Stephen Miller has mentioned, and as far back as 2023, he is quoted as saying, “President Trump will do whatever it takes.” That probability has both legal experts and immigration authorities worried, especially about the implications it could have for Americans at large. Kica Matos, president of the National Immigration Law Center, an immigration rights advocacy group, says it has her worried about the upcoming 2026 midterm elections and what the presence of troops might mean for voters as they cast ballots. “What I have said repeatedly is that the path to authoritarianism in this country is being built on the backs of immigrants. They will begin with immigrants. They will not end with immigrants,” she says.

After the off-year elections last week, Trump seemed to wake up with the realization that the GOP is in trouble, the shutdown causing a political disaster for his MAGA monsters as blame is falling on them according to polls. But since Trump can only think in political terms, he isn’t worried about the human costs of the shutdown — only ways to increase political pressure. So look for your life to continue its journey through hell, since this is the way the president operates. He only knows how to destroy, whether a federal agency, American businesses, or actual livelihoods, so expect more pain and destruction. Increasing suffering in hopes of achieving a policy goal can’t work, but that’s all Republicans have to offer.

We’ll never hear a Republican propose assurances that tax advantages will directly benefit lower income workers, before actually approving business tax cuts, since the GOP philosophy says that the poor will try to take you for every penny — though the corporations and others at the top of the wealth ladder are a constant and can surely be trusted fully. However, take the nation’s tax gap, or the difference between taxes owed and taxes the IRS is equipped to collect, an estimated $1 trillion annually. Charles RettigTrump’s former IRS commissioner, says, “Most of the unpaid taxes result from evasion by the wealthy and large corporations.” Yet, Republicans blame it all on the lack of work requirements for Medicaid and SNAP recipients. As inequality.org reported in September, the richest top 0.1% of Americans are worth a combined $22.48 trillion and the bottom 50% are worth a total of $2.44 trillion. As Dana Wormald writes in the New Hampshire Bulletin, “I’m certain because, try as I might, I just can’t seem to see poverty as the lucrative endeavor Republicans tell me it is.”

Michael Tomasky writes in The New Republic that November 1 marked the day that the Trump administration stopped paying SNAP benefits to 42 million Americans to buy food for themselves and their families — an average of $175 a month — despite a $6 billion reserve for food stamp emergencies, though the administration argued in court that it’s no emergency. The date also marked 51 days since the House of Representatives had cast a vote, denying Arizona’s Adelita Grijalva the House seat she had won. House Speaker and lying ChristianMike Johnson, is making children go hungry while protecting pedophiles, a reasonable explanation for the situation. Mikey has no power to block the Epstein vote from coming to the floor if the House were back in session with new Democratic member Grijalva, and as Tomasky argues the GOP/MAGA gang are only hurting their own constituents of rural white folks. People point to this fact as if the GOP don’t know this, and telling them would make them respond, “Oh, heck, we forgot, thank you, we better go change our ways. Praise Jesus.” News flash: They know. They just don’t care. After all, who can forget the imperishable New Testament chapter where Jesus said to let the poor go hungry and the undeserving poor take ill and die for the sake of protecting sexual predators? Keep on a-smilin’ Mikey!

Satirist Andy Borowitz jumps on Mikey’s bandwagon with this Borowitz Report exclusive: “Calling it the ‘nuclear option,’ House Speaker Mike Johnson opted on Tuesday to enter a medically induced coma to avoid swearing in newly elected Democratic congresswoman Adelita Grijalva. Johnson spoke to reporters at Walter Reed Army Medical Center moments before doctors administered pentobarbital through an intravenous tube connected to this left hand. ‘I’m doing this as a last resort,’ he said. ‘I was really hoping that people would forget about the Epstein files or that the Rapture would happen, but no such luck.’ A Republican colleague who visited Johnson’s bedside hours after he fell into a coma said that the Speaker ‘seemed like his usual self.'”

MSNBC’s Joe Scarborough says that President Trump’s ‘self-dealing’ is becoming a political issue for the GOP, as it’s been estimated the president and his family have raked in up to $1 billion since his return to the Oval Office in JanuaryTweedledumb and Tweedledee, his two sons, have been using their father’s position for their own benefit in business ventures. But to ‘Morning Joe,’ the ‘Great Gatsby‘-themed party at Mar-a-Lago a couple of weeks ago epitomizes a snowballing problem for Republicans. “As far as approval ratings on the economy here, only 34 percent of Americans believe that he’s lived up to expectations on the economy. Nearly two out of three say he’s fallen short, and with food assistance being torn from people in  red state America especially, but also blue state America, there are a lot of people in his own party asking, what the hell’s going on?

Now we find that the Trump Syndicate is reaching into the US military by selling Trump-branded wine and cider, tax-free for military members at Coast Guard Exchanges, using his position of power to boost his brand and personally profit off the Presidency. Happy Veteran’s Day! Under any other president, it would be a shocking revelation — for Trump, it’s just another day in the USAForbes magazine quotes Jordan Libowitz of the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, who points out that, “You don’t want the military essentially playing sides,” and sees the wine sales as an ethics issue. It’s not established how long the Trump products have been on the shelves, but the administration is not backing down, with Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security Tricia McLaughlin saying, “The brave men and women of the USCG are pleased to be able to buy Trump wine and cider tax free.”

Dekleptocracy says this is not the behavior, not the statement, of an administration that is taking corruption or conflicts of interest seriously. Assistant Secretary McLaughlin is practically writing advertisements for Trump brands in thinly veiled PR statements when she should be focused on homeland security. Jimmy Carter sold his peanut farm to avoid any appearance of conflict of interest before taking the oath of office, but for Trump raking it in is never enough. He simply can’t stop himself from trying to squeeze every last dollar and cent out of the American public, using the Presidency as an aesthetic along the way, and now the military is paying the price as he sets an authoritarian backdrop for our troops — inculcating them with the idea that they serve Donald J. Trump, the person, not the US Constitution. Hey, sailor, how about a Trump Bible, or a pair of golden tennis shoes to go with that wine?

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“Thanksgiving”

“I am grateful for what I am and have. My thanksgiving is perpetual.”
~Henry David Thoreau

“Vegetables are a must on a diet. I suggest carrot cake, zucchini bread, and pumpkin pie.”
~Jim Davis

“Thanksgiving dinners take eighteen hours to prepare. They are consumed in twelve minutes. Half-times take twelve minutes. This is not coincidence.”
~Erma Bombeck

“Be thankful for what you have; you’ll end up having more. If you concentrate on what you don’t have, you will never, ever have enough.”
~Oprah Winfrey

“My fondest memories are generally the day after Thanksgiving. I get the total decorating Christmas itch.”
~Katharine McPhee

Stephen Colbert interviews Pete Townshend. Enjoy 22 minutes of this living legend discussing all sorts of things! He comes across as a very genuine and sincere human being.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

November 5 – 11, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back soon … Steinbruner… BESS, BESS, BESS…
Hayes… Appreciations… Patton… I’m Personally Asking… Matlock… cruelty as strategy…Thanksgiving cancelled…punchlines… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Dad Advice from Bo… Quotes on… “November”

...

PACIFIC AVENUE AND COOPER STREETS February 15, 1950. This was part of Jimmy Roosevelt’s campaign stop for California Governor!! That’s the famed Cooper House on the right and our original Santa Cruz County Bank on the left (now Laili’s restaurant and Pacific Wave)

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: Novmber 5, 2025

NOVEMBER. IT’S NOVEMBER! We are back on standard time, and no, I am not loving it. It gets dark so. darn. early! And it will keep creeping back to earlier and earlier for another month and a half! I could cry. That won’t help though, this keeps happening every year, so why can’t I get used to it? Honestly? I have no idea. Don’t get me wrong, it’s not like I’m miserable over this all day, every day. It’s mostly in the late afternoon/evening when I can’t figure out what time it is by just looking out the window, you know?

SPEAKING OF NOT GETTING USED TO IT. The shutdown is still going on. Heather Cox Richardson has a really good explanation for why Chuck Schumer’s offer to negotiate reopening was the opposite of a sellout. Watch it here, if you’re interested. I put the video over on the right. The fate of the SNAP benefits is winding its way through the courts. Democrats had a very good off-year election, but we can’t take the foot off the gas anytime soon! Complacency before the midterms would spell disaster!

~Webmistress

...

FRANKENSTEIN. Netflix. Movie. (7.7 IMDb) ***-
Yet another Frankenstein (“that’s Fahnken-steen”) or Oscar Isaac in what feels like his 25th role of the year.

Visually sumptuous and soaked in both blood and atmosphere, Guillermo del Toro delivers a lavish reimagining of the oft-told tale. The film nails the gothic philosophy and metaphysics of its era, pairing beauty with brutality in true del Toro fashion. You can almost imagine the Shelleys and Byron nodding in approval at the moments where it strays, and smiling where it catches the heart of the story perfectly.

It’s not for the faint of heart – one shot that got me, of the Creature twisting a sailor’s arm a few rotations too far, proves that – but the grotesquerie serves the point. After all, this is a story about Build-A-Man from spare parts and asking what makes him human.

Dark, intelligent as always, and unsettlingly gorgeous – this Frankenstein is well worth a watch.


I LIKE ME. Prime Video. Movie. (8.2 IMDb) ****

John Candy was one of the brightest stars born from the supernova that was SCTV (Second City Television) – Canada’s answer to Saturday Night Live in the ’70s and ’80s (if you haven’t seen it, it’s worth digging up). The cast was a who’s who of comedy royalty: Catherine O’Hara, Eugene Levy, Harold Ramis, Rick Moranis, Dave Thomas, Joe Flaherty, Martin Short, Andrea Martin, and more. And right in the middle of it all was Candy — the gentle giant with impeccable timing and a heart to match.

By all accounts, Candy was as kind and humble offscreen as he was hilarious on it. No one seems to have a bad story about him – which, in a crowd of comedians, is practically sainthood.

From “Uncle Buck” and “Planes, Trains and Automobiles” to “Spaceballs”, “JFK”, and even his lesser outings, Candy was always a joy to watch. His performances carried warmth, humanity, and that unmistakable glint of mischief.

Gone far too soon, “I Like Me” remains a sad “must-watch” — a reminder that true comedy often comes from a place of heart.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: WEREWOLF] AN AMERICAN WEREWOLF IN LONDON. Philo. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

“Stay on the road. Keep clear of the moors.”

The story is simple: two American backpackers ignore the locals’ warnings, wander onto the moors, and one ends up cursed with full-moon-itis while the other returns as a wisecracking, rapidly decomposing ghost. What follows is a sharp blend of horror, dark humor, and some amazing makeup work.

The transformation scene – while dated by today’s standards – was groundbreaking for its time, delivering a visceral, painful metamorphosis and a final werewolf form that’s genuinely menacing. David Naughton makes for a sympathetic lycanthrope, Griffin Dunne shines as David’s decaying corpse conscience, and Jenny Agutter does her best as the nurse/love interest with questionable professional boundaries.

“An American Werewolf in London” remains the most watchable, witty, and downright entertaining werewolf film since the Golden Age.
~Sarge

OZZY: NO ESCAPE FROM NOW. Paramount+. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ****

A farewell performance you can’t roll your eyes at. Plenty of rock legends have milked “one last time” for decades – but not Ozzy. His “Back to the Beginning” concert on July 5th, 2025, really was the end. He was gone by the 22nd.

“No Escape From Now” is an unvarnished chronicle of both his career and more importantly, his final, lucid march toward the inevitable. It’s less a myth-making documentary than a brutally honest goodbye, showing the man behind the metal: frail, funny, and utterly self-aware. Through it all, Sharon Osbourne is the quiet backbone – tending, cajoling, and loving the battered but unbowed Prince of Darkness as he takes his final bow.

~Sarge

GOOD BOY. In theaters. Movie (6.8 IMDb) ****

Full disclosure: I was ready to hate this film. Any movie that makes people cry about a dog is a very bad thing, because ALL dogs are the Best People, so that’s an automatic red flag.

But Good Boy surprised me. It’s a horror film told from the dog’s perspective – not another “evil dog” flick or a cheap scare where the pet gets offed to raise the stakes. Here, Indy the Dog follows his troubled Person into a forest full of strange smells, eerie silences, and one especially bad not-Person who clearly means trouble. Bad not-Person!

Some have called it slow, but I found it quietly tense, the way good horror should build. And yes, it includes one truly wrenching moment that no good dog should face. Still, it’s worth a watch – just make sure to hug your own dog after.

~Sarge

[Halloween Pick: VAMPIRE] THE HUNGER. Tubi. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ****

Incredibly stylish Vampire film from 1983 by Tony Scott. Starring Catherine Deneuve, David Bowie, and Susan Sarandon.

A young, lanky Sarandon stars as a doctor caught between two vampires — Bowie, seeking a cure for his decay, and the impossibly elegant Deneuve, the ageless predator in search of a new consort. With a soundtrack that swings from Bauhaus to Delibes and lush, stylized cinematography, The Hunger remains an elegant, sensual cornerstone of modern vampire cinema.

~Sarge

WEAPONS. In theatres, Apple TV. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ***-

Weapons: “Pulp Fiction” meets “The Monsters Are Due on Maple Street”.

A perfect suburban horror: 17 children get up in the middle of the night, and run off into oblivion. The problem is, they’re all from the same class. The problem is, it’s the entire class…but one. The problem is, it must be the teacher.

Or is it.

The film structures its mystery through overlapping points of view, evoking Pulp Fiction’s fractured narrative. At the same time, it channels Rod Serling’s “The Monsters Are Due On Maple Street”, where paranoia and fear become more destructive than the supposed threat itself. Just when the audience feels grounded, the story pivots in an unexpected direction.

The cast is anchored by the elfin Julia Garner (Ozark), Josh Brolin (“Thanos” Avengers), and Benedict Wong (Doctor Strange). Rather than relying on gore or jump scares, the film builds an atmosphere of unease that lingers after.

It’s unsettling, thought-provoking, and worth a watch.
~Sarge

WEDNESDAY (Season 2). Netflix. Series (8 IMDb) ****

Learning from Season 1, they eschew romance for Wednesday and instead keep her caught between her rocky relationship with her mother (Morticia, played by Catherine Zeta-Jones) and her attempts to thwart a tragic prophecy (how very unlike Wednesday).

This season brings a slew of new guest stars, including Lady Gaga, Christopher Lloyd (he was Fester in the ’90s Addams Family movies), Steve Buscemi, and Billie Piper (pop singer and Rose from Doctor Who), along with brief surprise returns from Christina Ricci (she played Wednesday in the ’90s films) and Gwendoline Christie. Breakout new character Agnes DeMille (played by Evie Templeton – a young actress to watch for) steals many of the scenes she’s in.

Sadly, the show still features the “Outcasts” as a marginalized group, as it did in Season 1. I’ve always felt the Addams Family worked best when their innocent bewilderment at their effect on “normies” drove the humor. Still, the season offers plenty of laughs and a terrific cast to carry you through. Worth a watch.

Snap! Snap!

~Sarge

...

Gillian is working hard and will be back soon!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
SOLANO COUNTY GOT IT RIGHT ON BESS!

Click on Item #25: Take a moment to watch the video recording of how the Solano County Planning Dept. has proceeded with their work to develop a battery energy storage system (BESS) Ordinance, relying on a Technical Advisory Working Group that included participants from all sides, and the public.

Note that Solano County will NOT allow utility-scale BESS in agricultural lands.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County is considering allowing the Seahawk BESS project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville to be in an established apple orchard and next to dense neighborhoods.

Please share this video with your County Supervisor and others.

NO PROBLEM WITH SEA WATER INTRUSION IN MIDCOUNTY GROUNDWATER BASIN
Public Records Act request materials state there is no problem with sea water intrusion in the MidCounty groundwater basin. Analysis of 2022 data using airborne electromagnetic methods,  since 2017:  “The shallow fresh water seems to
extend a little further off-shore for the 2022 data.” 
 and “A very high degree of repeatability: Near the Summer Beach the fresh water might extend a little further into the sea compared to 2017 Off-shore comparison.”

Here is correspondence regarding the analysis.  Rob Swartz directs the MidCounty Groundwater Agency, a consortium of Soquel Creek Water District, City of Santa Cruz Water Dept., Central Water District, and the County of Santa Cruz (representing private well owners).  Soquel Creek Water District is the bully in the room, pumping the most groundwater and thereby paying the largest share of the costs of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency’s commitments.

Take a look at this:

From: Rob Swartz <rswartz@cfscc.org>
Sent: Monday, 13 May 2024 17.59
To: Max Halkjaer <max@geophysicalimaging.com>; Georgina King <gking@elmontgomery.com>; Ahmad-Ali
Behroozmand <ahmad@geophysicalimaging.com>
Subject: RE: Santa Cruz Mid-County Basin Geophysics

Hello Max,
I’m still trying to define a scope of work for a request for qualifications. Could you confirm the depth of
investigation with this geophysical technique? I ask because of the areas around Seascape and New Brighton
where we don’t currently have an intrusion problem
. Those wells are completed at depths of 900 and 765 feet,
respectively. If the deep zones do not already show high chlorides, I don’t know that the geophysics would tell us
anything new at those locations (I seem to recall roughly 200 meters for depth of investigation?).
Also, is Geophysical Imaging Partners registered in the US? We wanted to know, since any potential future work
would be DWR grant funded.
Thanks.
Rob
Rob Swartz, PG, CHG
Senior Planner – Groundwater Sustainability
REGIONAL WATER MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION
COMMUNITY FOUNDATION SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

WELL, CHECK OFF THAT BOX…BESS TOWN HALL MEETING WAS A SHAM
The October 27, 2025 Santa Cruz County BESS Ordinance Town Hall Meeting, organized by Supervisor Hernandez and held in the Watsonville City Community Room, was carefully orchestrated to limit the public, but allow unlimited time for the battery energy storage system (BESS) developer and benefactor, Central Coast Community Energy (3CE).

Although the public was instructed that the meeting discussion was focused only on the impending County Draft BESS Ordinance, a significant amount of time was allotted to representatives of Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) and New Leaf Energy developer Max Christian.  This caused the meeting to become confusing in that the 90 Minto Road BESS Project became focal when the purpose of the meeting was to gather input on the County’s impending BESS Ordinance.

It also caused the meeting to run long, and many members of the public were not allowed to speak near the conclusion of the meeting.  It should be noted that Supervisor Hernandez allowed 3CE representative Mr. Das Williams to speak during the precious-little time available for public comment, even though he had spoken extensively during the Q & A Expert Panel discussion.  A second 3CE representative named Sophia, who spoke for the agency’s public relations department, was also given a full two minutes to read a prepared statement during the abbreviated public comment period.

This Town Hall Meeting was the first held since the Board approved “in concept” the County’s BESS Overlay Ordinance.  There was no  copy of the Draft Ordinance provided for public examination, however Planning Dept. Director Ms. Hansen’s presentation as a panelist did reveal new information that was not known:

  1. One of the three sites identified by County Staff on October 29, 2024 has been removed from consideration: the area adjacent to the Houts Substation near Dominican Hospital; and
  2. Setback distances have been increased to 1000′.

It was not made clear during the presentation exactly who is writing our County’s Draft BESS Ordinance, but from Public Records Act request responsive materials, I know that the New Leaf Energy consultants, Dudek, have been instrumental and have seemingly acted upon behalf of New Leaf Energy’s 90 Minto Road Project,

Many members of the public requested that the Board of Supervisors heed the good action taken by Solano County Planning Department and Supervisors to convene a Technical Advisory Group to assist with drafting our County’s BESS Ordinance.  Battery Energy Storage Systems | Solano County, California

Many members of the public requested that the Board review the Solano County Draft BESS Ordinance as a model for public safety protection by incentivizing non-lithium BESS and best practices.  I personally provided Ms. Hansen with a copy of this document, and offered it to Supervisor Hernandez.

I also provided the Recommendations that informed members of the public compiled and provided to the County’s Commission on the Environment at the first BESS Workshop in June, 2025, but that were not included in that Commission’s Summary or mentioned during Mr. Damhorst’s extensive presentation at the October 27 Town Hall Meeting, as one of the panelists.

In closing, I question how the County noticed this important Town Hall Meeting, and how will the County notice any future meetings related?

There were no press releases, and it appeared that only FaceBook and Instagram announcements were used by Supervisor Hernandez’s office.  There was mention of the meeting  buried in Supervisor Hernandez’s monthly newsletter, published in The Pajaronian in early October, but it did not ever appear in any internet searches.

Members of the public, once alerted to the important meeting, spent great effort to publicize the event with local radio and television stations, as well as print media.

On October 27, there were no signs at the entrance of the room where the Town Hall Meeting was held to alert and direct the public to the Watsonville Community Room, which was a different venue than had been noticed.  In fact, many residents not familiar with the Watsonville City office building at 275 Main Street attempted to enter from the library and found that both the elevator and stairwell were locked.

There were no signs to provide direction about the meeting location or access.  Many people left and were not able to participate.

Please contact the Board of Supervisors and demand that all future meetings and hearings will be fully noticed to the public as the County proceeds with the new rules to allow flammable, explosive  BESS projects in neighborhoods.
Telephone 831-454-2200 

Write the Supervisors individually to ensure they receive your message in a timely manner:

Chair Felipe Hernandez <felipe.hernandez@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Justin Cummings <justin.cummings@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Manu Koenig <manu.koenig@santacruzcountyca.gov>
Supervisor Monica Martinez <monica.martinez@santacruzcountyca.gov>

PUBLIC MEETING NOVEMBER 10 TO LEARN ABOUT BATTERY FIRES PLANNED IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD
Please attend the November 10 Public Meeting at Simpkins Center (6:30pm-8pm) to learn more about the large, flammable battery energy storage system (BESS) projects planned for your neighborhood.  The event is free, with a good Q & A opportunity.

Simpkins Center is located at 979 17th Avenue, Santa Cruz.  Please share the information with others.

WILDFIRE SURVIVOR TO SURVIVOR
The United Policy Holders is sponsoring a Survivor to Survivor Wildfire webinar on Tuesday, November 18, 7pm Pacific Time.

What Consumer Reports has to say about the Insurance Crisis: Homeowners Are Facing an Insurance Crisis. CR Thinks These 9 Basic Rights Could Help. – United Policyholders

THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE…OPERATION GREENLIGHT
Next Tuesday, November 11, is Veteran’s Day.  Please thank a Veteran for their service.  It is interesting that the Solano County Board of Supervisors spent a great amount of time honoring the Veterans at their November 4 Board meeting.  Conversely, Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors made no mention of the Veterans at their November 4 meeting, not even recognizing that the County Government Building will be illuminated with green lights next week, as part of Operation Greenlight

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  THANK A VETERAN FOR THEIR SERVICE.
ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Appreciations

I feel gratitude for many of the actions people are doing to help nature around the Monterey Bay. In this column, I will extend praise for those actions to specific people but inevitably will overlook others to whom I apologize in advance…chalk it up to not knowing everything everyone is up to or just plain forgetfulness. I also realize that no one is perfect, so I focus on the specific actions that I appreciate, not the whole of what anybody or group of people does, which might include things that are, on the other hand, very bad for nature.

First Peoples
I lead with my appreciation for the First Peoples for their care for the Monterey Bay region. It is not hyperbole to say we owe everything we experience, the whole of nature, to the First People. The people who are and were indigenous to this place for thousands and thousands of generations took care of this land – every part of it. From squirrel to deer, from river to ridge, from the tallest oak to the tiniest wildflower – these things are here because of those people. The descendants of some of these people are still here, and we have much to learn from them and alongside them if we care to do so. They are still weaving together the fabric of this wonderful part of Earth.

Organic Farmers
I also appreciate organic farmers for caring for nature. By shunning the use of synthetic chemicals for pesticides and fertilizers, organic farmers are avoiding poisoning nature. These farmers forgo these things, pay fees for certification and inspection, and work harder to produce food that often times, to me, tastes better. Farming is not an easy career. I am so glad that I can afford organically grown food and that there is such an abundance produced in our region. There are lots of organic farmers that have inspired me, but I especially think of Phil Foster (Pinnacle), Ronald Donkevoort (Windmill Farms), and Jane Friedmon and Ali Edwards (the original Dirty Girl Farm), and Jerry Thomas (Thomas Family Farm) as inspirations.

Weed Warriors
I want to give thanks to the folks who have long battled invasive plants in our area. Some of the hardest work protecting nature is done by the Monterey Bay’s weed warriors. These folks often volunteer their time to battle the worst invasive species affecting natural areas. They’ve battled French broom, jubata grass, ice plant, sticky Eupatorium, and on and on. Ken Moore was the godfather of weed warriors through his founding of the Wildland Restoration Team (interview pt. 1 and pt. 2), but there have been many others. Linda Broadman worked with Ken and carries the torch through her leadership with the Habitat Restoration Team of the Santa Cruz Chapter of the California Native Plant Society. The Monterey District of State Parks deserves mention for steadfastly and regularly organizing volunteers to control invasive plants. Then, of course, there are the many volunteers who actually do much of the work…

Conservation Activists
This is where my appreciation will surely fall short as there are so many people who deserve recognition. Conservation activists often take civic engagement quite seriously. I am in awe of the many nature conservation activists who have fought and won so many important battles around the Monterey Bay. I have enjoyed learning from and sometimes working alongside Celia and Peter Scott, Bruce Bratton, Jodi Frediani, Michael Lewis and Jean Brocklebank, Corky Matthews, Gillian Greensite, Debbie and Richard Bulger, and Don Stevens. Behind and working with these good people were expert and dedicated legal support from Debbie Sivas, Jonathan Wittwer, Gary Patton, and Bill Parkin. Folks who have been affiliated with the Rural Bonny Doon Association and Friends of the North Coast also deserve recognition. Without people who are willing to donate their time, expertise, good judgement, intelligence, and skills we would not have much of the open space that species need to survive.

Tending the Fire
I have been so pleasantly surprised to see so much work with prescribed fire in our community. For me, this started years ago with Cal Fire including more recently as Angela Bernheisel led the first good fire at Soquel Demonstration State Forest. I have been thankful also to the work of the Central Coast Prescribed Burn Association, including their leaders Jared Childress and Spencer Klinefelter. State Parks’ Portia Halbert is a dynamo for putting good flames on the ground and an inspiration to so many others in moving that powerful tool forward. This prescribed fire work is tricky and takes brave people who know so much about so many sciences to get that kind of work done. Plus, they have to work well with others because it takes so many others to do that kind of work. They are restoring nature while making our communities safer. Thank you.

Politicians
For the last 35 years, there have been few politicians in our area that have openly declared nature to be central to their platforms, and I deeply appreciate those who have. Currently, there are very few indeed. State Senator John Laird seems to me to be an outstanding example of how a politician might succeed when keeping environmental conservation a publicly stated priority. Mayor of Marina, Bruce Delgado, is another example. I wish there were more than just those two, but that says something about both the need for more folks to run for office and the public’s will to prioritize such things when they vote.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, November 4, 2025

That’s Kathy Hochul, pictured. She is the Governor of the State of New York. Not long ago, I got a nice email from Governor Hochul, which I reproduce below. The “subject” line on the email read this way: “I’m personally asking.”

Gary, I wanted to share a bit of my personal story with you:

I grew up in Buffalo as one of six kids.

Just before I was born, my parents started married life living in a trailer park in Lackawanna, not far from the steel plant where my dad worked.

My dad worked long shifts at that steel mill. I watched my mother — who raised six kids — stretch every dollar by buying used clothes and serving fried spam sandwiches for dinner.

My parents instilled the values of hard work and grit as they worked tirelessly to provide for us.

My parents’ sense of service is what inspired me to run for office.

Gary, for far too long, I’ve watched families just like mine struggle to make ends meet while Donald Trump and his Republican loyalists prosper off the backs of families getting squeezed — and I’ve had enough. Unlike these D.C. Republicans, I’m fighting to make the lives of all New Yorkers easier — teachers, students, farmers, small business owners, and more. But I can’t continue this work without your support. So, Gary: Can I count on you to chip in $15 in the next 11 hours before midnight?

D.C. Republicans only care about their special interest donors — not us.

Meanwhile, as Governor:

? I took Trump to court over his illegal tariffs — and won twice.

? I delivered inflation refund checks to put money straight back into New Yorkers’ pockets.

? I tripled the Child Tax Credit to help families juggling childcare costs.

But now, D.C. Republicans want to buy their way into power here in our state and unravel all the work we’ve done – and I won’t stand for it.

So I’m personally asking: Will you pitch in $15 before midnight to help me compete with the millions D.C. Republicans will spend on this race, fight off their extremism, and bring home a massive victory for New Yorkers?

I read The New York Times every morning, and I follow national politics pretty closely. I tend to have a rather positive impression of Hochul, and was pleased when she endorsed Zohran Mamdani in his race to become the Mayor of New York City. I tend to have a positive impression of Mamdani, too. Let’s see what happens in today’s election!

I must say, however, that New York State and New York City politics seem a long ways away. I live in California. It’s unlikely that either Hochul or Mamdani will ever represent me. I don’t think they’re likely to move here, and while I did live in New York City for almost a year, and really wouldn’t mind living there again, I don’t think there is actually much chance of that happening.

So, why would Hochul, with whom I have had no personal contact whatsoever, send me this nice email, asking me, as a California resident and voter, to give her money to address issues of key importance to residents of New York?

Well, many readers of this blog posting know exactly why. They probably got an email from Hochul, too, and everyone reading this posting has almost certainly gotten some similar communication from other politicians, from distant parts of the country, asking for their financial support. I got the nice email because Hochul is a Democrat, and I am, too. Hochul’s “party,” in other words, is what is supposed to motivate a person like me to contribute to her, even though I will never be able to call upon her to vote or take action on anything that directly affects my life.

Our governmental system is based on the idea that “we, the people” are “running the place.” I always like to put it that way, to remind people that we are supposed to be in charge of the government, not the other way around. To the degree that we do “run the place,” though, we do so through our “representative” democracy – in other words, by way of our “elected representatives.” We vote for people who will be legally entitled to vote on measures that will directly affect our lives and future, in the states and in the cities where we live. If our elected representatives don’t do what we want them to do, we can then vote for someone else in the next election, whom we think will do a better job in voting the way we want them to. In California, we can also “recall” our elected representatives, if they’re not voting the way they promised to, or the way we want them to.

That’s a quick description of how our political system is, or was, designed to work, ably summarized by Tip O’Neill, who put it this way: “All politics is local.”

Is this still true? Maybe not! Kathy Hochul certainly doesn’t think so. In fact, as The Atlantic has recently opined, it seems that the days of Tip O’Neill have come and gone. Check out The Atlantic’s article making the claim that “No Politics Is Local.” Without a doubt, our politics, today, has absolutely become more “national” than “local,” and is more and more based on party, not on the “representative” relationship between the voter-resident and the elected official-officeholder.

While Hochul is trying to raise money from Democrats all over the country, whom she will never actually represent, our political parties, of course, are also seeking to raise money. And the parties are raising money not only from those who can be motivated to give $15, but also from those who can give $1,500 dollars, or $15,000 dollars, or even $15 million dollars. The “party” ends up “representing” those with the most dollars, while our idea of representative and democratic government is intended to produce elected officials who are beholden not to “money” but to the majority of the voters whom they “represent,” voters who can vote to elect them – or not.

If we want actually to “run the place,” we can’t let ourselves be deceived into thinking that we can be represented effectively by national political parties. We need to elect representatives who respond not to some party hierarchy, mostly funded by the “billionaire class,” as Bernie Sanders calls them. We need, each one of us, to make sure that we are truly being “represented” by persons elected by a majority of the people who live in their “district” (their congressional district, or their state Assembly or Senatorial district, or by city or county officials who live in the same city or county as those whom they represent). We need to make sure that our “representatives” truly understand that their ability to continue in office, or to advance to some “higher” office, is dependent on doing not what the party leadership wants, but what the majority who actually voted to elect that representative want.

The system just described is sometimes called “democracy,” but is better described as “self-government,” because we, ourselves, are in charge of our government when ordinary people elect “representatives” who are loyal to and dependent upon the people who can vote for them, in the geographic area in which they live.

Of course, for this system of representative democracy to work, “we, the people” need to be personally involved in the process. Shipping out our $15 contribution to some far-off politician who has the same party label that we do isn’t going to do it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
MOVING THE NEEDLE, NO CRACK, IMPLOSION, TUBE SOCKS

The Lincoln Square website declares that with Trump losing the shutdown fight, he wants kids to starve anyway, so, “Donald Trump cancelled Thanksgiving.” The writer challenges Democrats to take that message and run with it, knowing it will result in a 500-page briefing book on SNAP — however, talk is better. Divulging that, ‘kids are starving‘ is much more effective than ‘the fiscal and health-impacts of the discontinuation of 7 CFR 272 programmatic efforts to ameliorate food insecurity,’ so forget the study! The GOP can taste the defeat of losing the shutdown — they lost it as soon as The Don turned the federal government into a hostage for his own vanity, and as protection from the release of the Epstein files.

They lost it again when reality showed up with receipts: polls, long lines at food banks, missed paychecks, grounded flights, and, coming soon to an aisle near you, the SNAP freeze that wallops retailers,” asserts Lincoln Square, “this isn’t 5D chess. It’s 1D cruelty dressed up as strategy, and it’s detonating in their faces. Even little Mike Johnson, Trump’s latest meatbot who obviously finds self-abnegation and public embarrassment arousing, can’t hold it together too much longer.” New national polling shows Americans continue to blame Trump and Congress, with worsening numbers: Washington Post/ABC/Ipsos indicates voters are pointing fingers at the Trump-GOP side by a solid margin, with independents breaking against them by an almost 2-1 margin.

Michael Cohen writes on MeidasTouch, “Let’s be brutally honest: we’re not moving the needle because Democrats have suddenly figured out how to talk to voters or craft a compelling message. We’re moving it because the Republican Party has completely lost its mind. The GOP isn’t just bad at governing anymore; they’re morally bankrupt, publicly cruel, and proudly arrogant. And for once, the American people seem to be noticing.” Cohen interprets figures from the Quinniac poll that he says should both encourage and alarm Democrats, and not because the left is inspiring hope or offering visionary leadership. The fifty percent of voters who say they would rather see Democrats control the House is because they are disgusted by what the right is doing — in being “so detached from basic humanity that they think hunger, poverty, and suffering are punchlines.”

For example, Cohen refers to Louisiana’s Representative Clay Higgins, who told the 42 million citizens who are losing access to food assistance to “stop smoking crack.” Go tell your neighbor, your aging parent or grandparent that Higgins mockingly suggests their monthly stipend is some sort of unnecessary luxury with which MAGA sees no need to be concerned with. Eighteen percent of his own constituents are among his state’s one million SNAP recipients, but instead of his empathy, they get his contempt, no understanding, classed as stereotypical. The GOP has become a mockery by mocking the poor as it worships the powerful, the greedy. At Mar-a-LagoTrump was the host of a ‘Roaring 20s’ Halloween gala, serving champagne and wagyu beef to a crowd that doesn’t care about the bottom line on their grocery bill, feasting while the country starves. Cohen writes, “The optics couldn’t be clearer — the Republican message to working Americans is simple: you’re on your own, peasants.”

Though poll numbers are shifting, Republicans being blamed for the shutdown and the economy, the cruelty and the chaos, with voters sick of it, Democrats can’t assume it’s because of their own success. With a year left until the mid-terms, complacency could doom the polls downward trajectory faster than MAGA’s corruption. Cohen believes the GOP is imploding under the weight of its own lunacy, but they’re still ruthless, still organized, and still willing to burn democracy to the ground if it means clinging to their money and power; however, Democrats aren’t winning because they’ve inspired confidence — they’re winning because Republicans are terrifying. Trump is underwater on every issue, except Israel where a fragile ceasefire is supposedly holding, but this self-proclaimed “business genius” would view customers shedding tears at the checkout counter, if only he were able to see beyond his potbelly.

Cohen concludes: “The Republican Party’s cruelty isn’t strategic anymore. It’s reflexive. It’s who they are. They can’t help themselves. When millions of Americans lose access to food, healthcare, or housing, they don’t feel shame; they feel pride. They call it ‘tough love.’ They sneer about ‘personal responsibility.’ They talk about crack pipes instead of policy, mock the hungry instead feeding them, and think empathy is weakness. If the Democrats don’t retake the House — and possibly the Senate — we’re in for another cycle of dysfunction, shutdowns, and moral decay, watching as Trump and his enablers turn hunger into a weapon and governance into performance art. Democrats need to stop assuming voters will automatically side with sanity. They won’t — not unless we remind them, daily, what’s at stake. The needle is moving only because the other side has revealed who they really are. The clock is ticking — one year to prove that America still has a conscience. The fight doesn’t end because the polls look good; it starts because they finally do.”

Conservative and former federal judge J. Michael Luttig wrote in The Atlantic, suggesting in his article that Trump has already taken steps in this second term to ensure he never relinquishes power. “With every word and deed, Trump has given Americans reason to believe that he will seek a third term, in defiance of the Constitution,” Luttig says. “It seems abundantly clear that he will hold on to the office at any cost, including America’s ruin.” The president has admitted to reporters that he would “love” to violate the Constitution by running for a third term, and Trump loyalist Steve Bannon has never let the possibility wane that there are “different alternatives” that could allow his golden idol run again. Luttig cites Trump’s use of the US military to carry out personal vendettas against Democratic-led cities, his efforts to eliminate birthright citizenship, and the conservative-majority Supreme Court giving the president its “imprimatur to continue his power grab.”

Luttig writes, “Trump has always told us exactly who he is. We have just not wanted to believe him. But we must believe him now. If America is to long endure, we must summon courage, or fearlessness, our hope, our spirited sense of invulnerability to political enthrall, and, most important, or abiding faith in the divine providence of this nation. We have been given the high charge of our forbears to ‘keep’ the republic they founded a quarter of a millennium ago. If we do not keep it now, we will surely lose it.” On MSNBC’S Morning Joe, Judge Luttig said, “Donald Trump has seized near absolute unchecked power in the United States — unchecked by either Congress, the Supreme Court, the several states, or the media itself. There’s no question at all that, as of today, Donald Trump has all the power he would ever need to run for a third term and be seated as the next president, whether or not he actually won that election.” As The Onion ‘quotes’ Trump — “I will not rule out a Third Reich.”

Concerns about the president’s health has been a big topic of late, and his claim of passing with ease his recent MRI, raises even more questions about his acuity to remain in office, with many looking for an early expiration date. Andy Borowitz has jumped into the conversation with usual satiric jab: “Donald J. Trump ordered members of his Cabinet on Wednesday to start wearing three pairs of tube socks to make his ankles appear normal. At the White House, press secretary Karoline Leavitt attempted to downplay Trump’s demand, as well as his order that Cabinet members use a hammer to create bruises on the back of their hands. ‘The press has been trafficking in stories about the President’s health which are entirely malicious and false,’ said Leavitt, black sweat socks protruding from her Ann Taylor slingbacks. According to sources, Trump has also mandated that Cabinet members periodically babble incoherently and fall down, a directive immediately embraced by Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth.”

Robert Reich, on his blog, writes: “Trump is incapable of allowing tensions and stresses to ease without creating new ones.” One recent example comes after his meeting with China’s Ji, and the announcement that our countries will de-escalate the trade war — all well and good, but we are now in the same place before Trump created that tension in the first place. Then, what does he do? He announces the USA will restart nuclear testing after a 30-year lull by the three major military powers. His only explanation? “Other nations” are doing so — another Trump lie to fester the chaos. His refusal to fund food stamps, to extend Obamacare subsidies, to ease up on tariffs which are killing US farmers, to end criminal prosecutions of his ‘political foes,’ to end the violence of ICE raids, or to end the bullying of our neighboring countries to the south all ramp up the stress in our lives.

Reich says we cannot ignore the news, because it plays into Trump’s hands by allowing him to cause even more mayhem if we aren’t watching — all of it matters and denial only weakens our resolve. If we fall into despair or hopelessness, Trump wins it all, becoming a self-fulfilling prophesy; we cope by becoming stronger, by coming out in record numbers as on ‘No Kings‘ day, or calling our Congress members and showing up at their town halls, by protecting the vulnerable among us, and importantly — organize for the mid-term elections. His conclusion is: “We keep the faith in America’s ideals. We stay as close as we can to our loved ones and dearest friends. And we celebrate small and noble acts of decency, wherever they occur.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

“November”

“I know that I have died before—once in November.”
~Anne Sexton

“In November, the smell of food is different. It is an orange smell. A squash and pumpkin smell. It tastes like cinnamon and can fill up a house in the morning, can pull everyone from bed in a fog. Food is better in November than any other time of the year.”
~Cynthia Rylant

“It was one of those early November mornings that are as beautiful as any in spring. There was gold everywhere, drifts of it on the elm tree, flakes of gold under our feet, gold dust on the hedges, liquid gold in the refracted falling light.”
~Elizabeth Goudge

“Her smile adds an air of enigma to her. Like a melting cup of warm dark chocolate on a November evening.”
~Ipsita Upasana

“There comes a time when people get tired of being pushed out of the glittering sunlight of life’s July and left standing amid the piercing chill of an alpine November.”
~Martin Luther King, Jr.

YouTube is so interesting. This channel is called “Dad Advice from Bo”. He has some 200 videos! You should go watch some.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment